See discussions, stats, and author profiles for this publication at: https://www.researchgate.

net/publication/363251016

Liberalization, Privatization and Globalization - A Need Of India.

Chapter · September 2022

CITATIONS READS

0 3,324

1 author:

Shivani Dutt
Shoolini Institute of life sciences and Business Management solan Himachal Pradesh
5 PUBLICATIONS 0 CITATIONS

SEE PROFILE

All content following this page was uploaded by Shivani Dutt on 03 September 2022.

The user has requested enhancement of the downloaded file.

Government and Politics

Dr. Shailja Vasudeva

1
TITLE : Government and Politics

E-ISBN : 978-93-93333-12-4

Editor : Dr. Shailja Vasudeva

Price : 200/- INR

Published by : Island Publishers

Tamilnadu, India
www.islandpublishers.in

Imprint at : Island Publishers

Tamil Nadu, India

Copyright © 2022 by Island Publishers, All rights Reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or

by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording,
or any other information storage and retrieved without prior permission in
writing from the publishers.

Concerned author is solely responsible for his views, opinions, policies,

copyright infringement, legal action, penalty or loss of any kind regarding
their content. The publisher will not be responsible for any penalty or loss of
any kind if claimed in future. Contributing author have no right to demand
any royalty amount for his content.

2
 PREFACE

It‟s a matter of great privilege to write a foreword for an exciting book-

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS edited by Dr. Shailja Vasudeva. The title itself
is ever relevant to any democratically elected Governing Body and more
importantly to a country like India which is the largest democracy in the world
because of political maturity. Each individual even in the remotest corner of the
country has the freedom to exercise his/her right to franchise and elect
representatives of their choice both for the local bodies as well as the Temple of
Democracy – Parliament. The book touches upon important contemporary themes
which include the topics such as Democracy under the British yoke, Politics at the
grass root levels, Relevance of Gandhism in the modern context, Economic
liberalization started a few decades back which revolutionized many sectors
including IT giving an edge to the young entrepreneurs to dare and succeed. Its
impact on Globalization, Sustainable development with due consideration to the
climate change, challenges the Indian Democracy is facing both from within as
well as from outside the country has been dealt with at length. The team of experts
has been very carefully chosen to share their thoughts in a bid to make a lasting
impact on the minds of young minds. It has been a laudable effort on the part of
Dr. Shailja and I have no hesitation in saying that the book shall be able to throw
light on its intended challenges in the Indian polity. Dr. Shailja deserves kudos for
her efforts to bring out a book of high significance in these testing COVID times.
I wish her a great success!

(NIRMAL SOOD)
Former Principal,
SCVB Govt. Degree College,
Palampur (HP) - 176 061

3
 Introduction
India is a democratic as well as sovereign country. The Government of India
is elected by the people of the India, It shows democratic form of government in
India. India is the world‟s most populous democratic country. In India democratic
system is running successfully. There is no person, organization, party or country
who can interfere in the works or in the decisions taken by the government of
India, It shows sovereign form of government in India. Sovereign means supreme
authority. So India is a democratic as well as sovereign country. The
administration of India is run by the government. As per definition from Oxford
language dictionary the term government derived from the Greek verb
„Kubernao‟meaning to steer with Gubernaculum. The government is the group of
people who are responsible for controlling a country or a state (Oxford dictionary).
The Columbia encyclopedia defines “Government as a system of social control
under which the right to make laws and the right to enforce them is vested in a
particular group in society”. Government has three important parts legislative,
executive and judicial. The legislative branch of government is responsible for
making laws, executive branch is responsible for carring out laws and judicial
branch of the government is responsible for evaluating laws. Government and
politics both are interconnected.
Politics means administering the government. „Rajniti‟ word of Hindi
language is conversion of English word politics. The word Politics derived from
Greek word „Polis‟, which means the city-state. The word politics was used for the
first time. Aristotle in his famous book “Politics”. If we talk about the historical
background of the word „Politics', then we can read about politics in our Vedas and
religious books like Ramayana and Mahabharata etc. In modern era the word
politics is taken as practical politics. In current scenario politics is not only a
functional form of problem related to state, but also to economy and society.
phases are also studied under politics. According to Oxford language “Politics is
the work and ideas that are connected with governing a country and a town etc. and
a person's political opinions and beliefs are also known as politics”. According to
Merriam Webster “Politics is the art or science of government. It‟s also an art or
science concerned with winning and holding control over a government”. Politics
always remains stable but government keeps on changing from time to time. So we
can conclude that government and politics are two interrelated terms in social
science. Government refers to a group of authorised people who govern a country
or state at a given time. Politics refer to the process used by the government to

4
govern the country or state. Government is needed to run both government and
politics together to fulfill the works of the people.

In modern times, changing dimensions of politics are being seen. In new

dimensions changes comes under the form of politics. Now a new term has been
derived. This is Modern Politics. Some scholars have defined modern politics.
According to Robert A dahl “Politics is the quest for power”. According to Luther
Gullick “Politics is an action”. If modern politics is to be believed in the words of
Catelyn then “Politics is the science of science”. In modern times politics has been
accepted as an independent subject, as well as in current scenario, there has been a
substantial development of politics in the contest of social sciences. Modern
political science is related to the study of power. It's also a study of human
activities and political system.
In modern Political Science we are also studying about decision making process
and political behaviour. It‟s a study of problems and conflicts.
This book “Government and Politics” deals with Gandhian philosophies, various
challenges to Indian democracy, the power of Judicial review, caste in Indian
politics and social exclusion and inclusion of dalits in Tamilnadu. This book also
lays emphasis on human rights under Consumer Protection Act, Role of media in
Indian politics, Liberalization, Privatization and Globalization. It's also focusing on
Sustainable development through education. This book is also touching the current
scenario in which whole world is facing the pandemic Covid-19. It focusses on
effect of Covid-19 on economy of India.
Therefore, this book is a great source of information regarding government and
politics in India. This book is a comprehensive work for competitive exams like
NET, SET, HAS and IAS etc. which will provide its audience great knowledge for
cracking competitive exams and interviews.
Dr. Shailja Vasudeva
Associate professor
Department of Political Science
Shaheed Captain Vikram Batra Government Degree College Palampur, district
Kangra, Himachal Pradesh, India

5
 Editorial

Dear Readers
Politics is the actions or activities concerned implies with achieving and
using power in a country or society (Collins dictionary). Politics impliesan activity
related to state and power. The purpose of this book is to depict the Government
and Politics in India. This book deals with national movements by Mahatma
Gandhi ji, Indian democracy, Judicial review, human rights, LPG policy, Covid-19
impact on Indian economy and role of media in Indian politics.
“Sarvodaya: A Gandhian Philosophy” is the title of the first chapter of this book. In
this chapter the authors explain about meaning of Sarvodaya, sources of Sarvodaya
and main aspects of Gandhian philosophy of Sarvodaya.
Title of the second chapter of this book is “Mahatma Gandhi and Non Co-
operation movement”. The author describes what non cooperation movement is
and has also described the circumstances which led to the non cooperation
movement. Author also emphasizes the agenda of the non cooperation movement
and defects of the movement.
Third chapter is titled “Revisiting Gandhi in Pandemic Pandemonium”. In
this chapter authors have describe about Satyagraha and nonviolence pandemic.
This paper glances at the Covid-19 scenario in India through Gandhian lens, and
discusses the recommended ways ahead.
Title of the Forth chapter of this book is “Challenges to Indian Democracy”.
This chapter is about meaning of democracy and essential conditions for
democracy. After that the focuses is on challenges to Indian democracy. In this
chapter author has attempted to study and analyse the existing democratic setup in
India and suggested necessary reforms in order to ensure a sustainable democracy
in India.
The title of the 5th chapter is “The power of Judicial Review”. This chapter
tells the meaning of Judicial review and origin of the concept of Judicial review
and importance of concept of the Judicial review. He has also given detailed
description about Indian doctrine of Judicial review. This lays limitations of
Judicial review have also been discussed.
Title of the sixth chapter of this book is “Caste in Indian Politics”. This is
about origin and evolution of caste system and rise of caste in politics after
independence. Author has also laid emphasizes on role of caste in Indian politics.
Constitutional provisions for casteless society is also discussed.
6
 Chapter number seven is entitled as “Social Exclusion And Inclusion of
Dalits in Tamilnadu: an Empirical Analysis”. This chapter deals with an empirical
analysis of social exclusion and inclusion of dalits in Tamilnadu. Author has
described about electoral potential of dalits in Tamilnadu. He has also focused on
how social exclusion can be quantified and monitored and how CSO's can work
with social exclusion. This chapter also deals with challenges of working with
social exclusion and how social exclusion can be quantified and monitored.
Title of the 8 chapter is “Consumer Protection in India : Rights and
Challenges”. This chapter deals with key features of the consumer protection act
2019. This chapter also lays emphasizes on right to safety, right to information,
right to choose right to be heard, right to redressal and right to consumer education.
This chapter also deals with challenges with new Consumer Protection Act.
Chapter number 9 titled “As Medical Aid and leaves to Mysore soldiers
during the time of Tipu Sultan (1782-1799)”. This chapter deals with India before
the emergence of colonial administrators had their own medical arrangements for
the treatment of wounded soldiers. This chapter also lays emphasizes on Tipu
Sultan‟s letters written to various public functionaries.
Chapter number 10 titled as “Privatization Liberalization And
Globalization”. This chapter gives a brief description on how post independence
Indian economy obtained a socialistic model and conditions of economy prior to
1991. Author has focused on reason of economic crisis during that time. This
chapter also deals with new economic policy. This chapter also deals with negative
and positive impact of globalization
11th chapter of this book titled as “Liberalization Privatization And
Globalization –A Need in India”. This chapter deals with the transformation made
in the history of Indian economic progress by LPG and this chapter also lays
emphasisis on challenges which the Indian economy faced before economic
reforms of 1991. This chapter puts a brief light on the historic events which led to
the emergence of 1991 crisis. At the end of this chapter author describes about
outcome of the LPG reforms.
“Need and Impacts of LPG Policy in Republic of India” is the titled of twelth
chapters. This chapter focusses on crisis faced by early 1990 Indian economy.
Author focusses on new economic policy. This chapter also discusses about need
and impact of LPG.
13th chapter deals with “Sustainable Development through Education”. This
chapter describes sustainable development. This chapter deals with why education

7
is important for sustainable development. This chapter also focuses on challenges
and barriers to ESD.
14th chapter entitled as “Effect of Covid-19 on Economy of India”. In this
chapter the author has described about origin of Covid-19 and economic impacts of
covid-19 on Economy of India.
Last chapter of this book, chapter number 15 is “Role of media in Indian
Politics”. In this chapter politics of India is discussed. The focusses is also on
political parties and alliances and the Prime Minister. This chapter mainly
emphasies on role of media in Indian politics and democracy.

8
 About Editor

Dr. Shailja Vasudeva is currently an Associate Professor of Political Science

at Shaheed Captain Vikram Batra Government Degree College, Palampur, District
Kangra, Himachal Pradesh, India. She is having more than 15 Years of Teaching
Experience. She has done MA and M. Phil. in Political Science and then earned her
Ph.D. degree from Himachal Pradesh University Summer hill, Shimla Himachal
Pradesh. She has qualified NET exam thrice and she has also qualified
departmental exam. Her contribution in the field of research is commendable. One
student has completed his PHD under her supervision and one student has
completed M Phil under her guidance. She authored a book namely “Coalition
Government in India problems and prospects”. Her 12 research articles have been
published in renowned National, International and UGC care journals. Her two
chapters have been published in National and international level edited books. Dr.
Shailja Vasudeva has attended one orientation program, two Refresher Courses and
13 National and International Faculty development programs and short term
programs. Dr Shailja Vasudeva is the member of HPU Faculty of Social Science
from last 2 years. She has attended 43 Seminars, Webinars, Conferences and
Symposium. She presented 19 papers in National, International Seminars,
Webinars, Conferences and Symposium. She has attended 7 workshops. She has
also chaired three technical sessions in international level conferences. Dr. Shailja
has Reviewed 8 research articles in different international level journals. She was
nominated in year 2021 as District Kangra President by SRF Internationals
Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh. She has received appreciation letter for social work during
covid-19 from the Principal of Ramniwas Kanaya Mahavidyalaya karnawal,
Meerut, Uttar Pradesh. She delivered a lecture as resource person in National level
Seminar. Dr Shailja Vasudeva is giving her services as editorial board member of 4
international level journals. Dr. Shailja Vasudeva is giving her services as IGNOU
counsellor for UG Political Science classes. She is nominated as State President
Himachal Pradesh for the year 2022 by SRF international, Kanpur, and Uttar
Pradesh. Dr. Shailja has also organized a virtual international conference as co-
coordinator. She was twice honoured by Ex Chief Minister late Shri Raja
Virbhadra Singh for outstanding performance in studies. Dr. Shailja Vasudeva

9
received women achiever award 2022 on the occasion of world international
women‟s day. This award given by Global Intellectual Forum.

10
 Contents
Preface
Editorial
Introduction
Chapters

(1) Sarvodya: A Gandhian Philosophy 1-7

Manila Gupta, Anju Devi and NemRaj

(2) Mahatma Gandhi And Non-Co-Operation Movement 8-25

Dr Uttam Kumar Sharma
(3) Revisiting Gandhi in Pandemic pandemonium 26-36
Harsha Rana and Raka Sharma
(4) Challenges to Indian Democracy 37-53
Pooja Vasudeva
(5) The Power of Judicial Review 54-67
Advocate Pawan Kumar Sharma
(6) Caste In Indian Politics 68-79
Pragati Sharma and Poonam Sharma
(7) Social Exclusion and Inclusion of Dalits in 80-91
Tamilnadu and Empirical analysis
Dr. K. Kottai Rajan

(8) Human Rights Under Consumer Protection Act 92-103

Dr. Nancee
(9) Medical Aid And Leave To Mysore Soldiers 104-107
During The Time o Of Tipu Sultan
Dr. Shivappa G
(10) Privatization, Liberalization and Globalization 108-123
Bhanu Pratap Singh
(11) Liberalization, Privatization and Globalization – 124-134
A Need Of India
Shivani Dutt

11
(12) Need And Impacts of LPG Policy On Republic Of India 135-145
Pooja Devi And NemRaj
(13) Sustainable Development Through Education 146-159
Sunita Sirmoria Katoch
(14) Effect Of Covid-19 On Economy Of India 160-167
Dr. Shekhar Maidamwar
(15) Role Of Media In Indian Politics
Dinesh Kumar 168-182

12
 Sarvodaya: A Gandhian Philosophy

Manila Gupta1 Anju Devi Thakur2 Nem Raj3

1
Assistant Professor, Department of Political Science, Rajiv Gandhi
Government Degree College, Chaura Maidan, Shimla-4 (H.P.)
manila2630@gmail.com
2
Assistant Professor, Department of History, Rajiv Gandhi Government Degree
College, Chaura Maidan, Shimla-4 (H.P.)
3
Assistant Professor, Department of Geography, Shaheed Captain Vikram Batra
Government Degree College, Palampur, Kangra (H.P.)

Abstract
Change and Growth are the conditions of the life in this World. All
prophets of mankind have helped in this change to better our life and help in the
process of all-round evolution. Gandhi was a unique revolutionary leader who
emphasized the need for change in both the individual and in the society. He
believed that this change should be brought about simultaneously. Through various
forms of revolutionized approach, Gandhi evolved a system that will develop both
man and the society. Through his system Gandhi opened the gates of love,
harmony and brotherhood in the world through envisaging the concept of
Sarvodaya for the development of society. Gandhi‘s ultimate aim was to create a
social system, free from social evils. His quest for such a social system brought
him to his conception of Sarvodaya Society.

Keywords: Prophets, Revolutionary, Love, Harmony, Brotherhood.

1
Introduction
Mahatma Gandhi was the architect of India‘s Independence. He was
a many splendored personality – a person who kept the highest standards of
morality in politics; a great political strategist who evolved and practiced politics
of the capture of state power through a prolonged mass movement. He was an
orthodox religious believer who stood for the social liberation of women, the
ending of cast oppression and discrimination, and, in general, application of reason
to all aspects of social life. He was a person who had the vision of a world where
all conflicts would be settled without the use of violence.

Today, we are living in a world of material abundance and intellectual

power, yet peace is in peril. We suffer from a split mind. We cannot decide and
choose between the pleasure that is immediate or the joy that comes after travails.
It is in this context that a new education of the human spirit is essential. The lost
faith must be recovered. Sarvodaya makes that attempt, of reorienting human
mind, of reconstructing human society.
Sarvodaya is generic name given to the non-violent order which
Mahatma Gandhi aimed at. Gandhi believed that all human beings are born with
equal rights. The cardinal principle of Gandhi‘s Philosophy is ‗all men are equal‘.
Gandhi‘s ultimate aim was to create a social system, free from social evils. His
quest for such a social system brought him to his conception of Sarvodaya Society.

Etymology and Meaning of Sarvodaya

―Sarvodaya‖ is Sanskrit in origin which is comprised of ―Sarva‖ meaning all and
―Udaya‖ meaning rising. The etymological meaning of Sarvodaya is the rising of
all. In other words, Sarvodaya means the welfare and prosperity of all.

Sarvodaya means the well-being and development of all people. It

aims at transforming the individual on the one hand and changing the social set up
on the other. This is because a good social structure can be achieved only when
there is a proper development of individual morality. Sarvodaya visualizes the
creation of a new society based on a nonviolent social order. The Sarvodaya
strategy does not repose faith in class struggle or domination. It emphasizes
harmony and ethical virtues of life. Humanism is the basis of Sarvodaya because it
does not differentiate man from man.
Gandhi‘s concept of Sarvodaya lays stress on the comprehensive
welfare of all individual or their all-round and balanced development. Its primary
emphasis is on moral and spiritual aspect of the development of man. The

2
individual is considered as the centre of the social philosophy of Gandhi and his
concept of Sarvodaya. Non-violence, self-sacrifice and spiritual tolerance are the
main pillar of Sarvodaya.
The ideas of Sarvodaya have their origin in the Vedas and other
ancient scriptures. So far as the humanist principles of Sarvodaya are concerned,
they are as old as human civilization itself. But Sarvodaya as a modern concept
owes its origin to Gandhi ji who refused to recognize any division based on
considerations of class, caste or creed in human society. While western democracy
pleaded for ‗the greatest good of the greatest number‘, Gandhi ji stood for the
‗good of all‘ and strove hard to put this principle in actual practice. It was this
humanist approach that made Gandhi ji a great champion of non-violence.

Sources of Sarvodaya
The sources, that helped Gandhi ji to develop his concept of
Sarvodaya were:-Ruskin‘s book ‗Unto This Last‘, Tolstoy‘s ‗The Kingdom of God
is Within You‘, Thoreau‘s ‗Civil Disobedience‘, The Bhagvad Gita, Buddhism,
Jainism and Islam.

Ruskin‟s Unto This Last

It was merely by chance that Gandhi‘s friend Polak gave him a
small book, Unto This Last, by Ruskin while Gandhi was on a railway journey in
South Africa in 1904. He was deeply impressed by the book. In Gandhi‘s words:
―The book was impossible to lay aside, once I had begun it. It gripped me…I
determined to change my life in accordance with the ideals of the book…I believe
that I discovered some of my deepest convictions reflected in this great book of
Ruskin, and that is why it so captured me and made me transform my life.‖ Gandhi
understood the teaching of Unto This Last to be: -

1. That the good of the individual is contained in the good of all.

2. That a lawyer‘s work has the same value as the barber‘s, in as much as all
have the same right of earning their livelihood from their work.
3. That a life of labour i.e., the life of tiller of the soil and the handi craftsman
is the life worth living.
Gandhi was so impressed by the book that he paraphrased it into
Gujarati and entitled it Sarvodaya (the welfare of all). Sarvodaya was the title of a
series of nine articles, which Gandhi wrote and got published in Gujarati in the
Indian Opinion Weekly in South Africa in 1908.

3
 Gandhi‘s discovery of Sarvodaya has found out a system to give every
human being the initiative and right to perform work in his fullest capacity and
develop himself to fit into a society which will be based on truth, love and
compassion. This system will help man to seek out and discover new attitudes in
which he could move ahead to transform his selfish talents for the social usefulness
and ultimately pave the way for a society of mutual co-operation and mutual
development.

Main aspects of Gandhian Philosophy of Sarvodaya

Sarvodaya: Social Aspect
The Sarvodaya social aspect emphasis equality at all levels. In a
Sarvodaya society, there is no scope for exploitation, discrimination, inequality,
and violence. Gandhi envisaged that Sarvodaya society should also be free from
evils like politics without principle, wealth without work, knowledge without
character, commerce without morals, science without mankind, and service
without sacrifice.

The Sarvodaya society is an indivisible whole. In order to establish a

democratic and free society Gandhi suggested that every individual should enable
the spirit of love, tolerance, kindness, fearlessness, nonviolence etc. Self-Sacrifice
is the essence of Sarvodaya social order. Every individual is to be ready and
willing to sacrifice his happiness for the sake of others. Everyone is to follow the
policy of giving and not taking. He is to work for others and not expect anything in
return for the same. Through Sarvodaya he wanted to rebuild the nation ―from the
bottom upwards‖ and establish a new social order based on freedom, justice,
equality and fraternity.

Sarvodaya: Political Aspect

Sarvodaya as a political doctrine is mildly anarchist. In fact, the
political ideal of Sarvodaya is an anarchism of its own variety. Gandhi ji‘s final
aim being the creation of a stateless society, he would cut it up into small
autonomous, more or less self- sufficient, agro-industrial primary units of the
polity and economy, these basic units being federated into larger and larger units,
thus finally encompassing the whole nation and then the whole world. However,
Gandhi ji considered the ideal of stateless society unrealizable in its entirety. He
would rather employ the machinery of the state to the service of man, the effort
always being progressively to minimize its use.

4
 Gandhi ji‘s Sarvodaya philosophy wants to evolve a new political
system in which power will be in the hands of the people who will control
political, administrative, and economic performances of the state.
The concept of Sarvodaya holds that democracy that functions by the
majority is no democracy at all. Though majority rule has certain argument in its
favour, yet it does not satisfy the whole perception of democracy. Real democracy
can only be established when state will not intervene with the will of the people
regarding their affairs. Gandhi‘s notion of democracy is that under it the weakest
should have the same opportunity as the strongest.
In place of the ever-growing centralization of power, Sarvodaya
pleads for decentralization. Gandhi was hostile to all types of concentration of
power and he pleaded for decentralization both at the economic and the political
levels. Decentralization as advocated by Gandhi requires the healthy evolution and
mobilization of creative citizenship.

Sarvodaya: Economic Aspect

As an economist Gandhi had no respect for the present set of
society, with its economic inequalities, its spirit of competition based on the idea of
the suppression of individual interests, its worship of mammon and double
standard in the conduct of people at home and outside. Gandhi wanted to build
such economic system of the society which would be free from all types of
exploitation, based on just wages, economic equality, decentralization etc.
Gandhi‘s Sarvodaya economy is founded on the philosophy of limited wants.
Sarvodaya economy of limited wants is an attempt to put into practice the percept
of ―simple living, high thinking‖.

Economic equality being an essential principle and indispensable

conditions of the Sarvodaya society, trusteeship is a natural corollary of Gandhi‘s
Sarvodaya. He invited the capitalist to regard himself as a trustee for those on
whom the depends for the making, the retention, and the increase of his capital. He
asked those who own property or skills to behave like trustees holding their riches
on behalf of the poor. As trustees, they will be allowed to retain the stewardship of
their possessions and to use their latent, to increase the wealth, not for their own
sakes, but for the sake of the nation, and, therefore, without exploitation.
Gandhi ji was conscious of the fact that political freedom and
democracy would be impossible without economic equality. He therefore, made
economic equality an essential feature of his Sarvodaya society. The economic
equality of Gandhi ji‘s conception means that everybody should have enough for

5
his or her natural needs. By natural needs he meant a balanced diet, sufficient
clothing to cover shame and protect oneself from cold, a decent house to live in,
adequate medical relief, and facilities for education and healthy recreation.
Gandhi‘s conception of economic equality also included equality of remuneration
for all work, whether physical or intellectual. Economic constitution of Sarvodaya
social order of Gandhi‘s conception will be from classless and casteless society,
free from exploitation and coercion. Everybody will enjoy equal material
opportunity for the development of his personality.
The dynamics of Sarvodaya assumes a process that begins with the
last and the least in the society and moves on toward the dream of mokshaon earth
or Ram Rajya. Gandhi‘s views on Sarvodaya were further modified and adopted in
the post-independence era in India. Vinoba Bhave and Jayaprakash Narayan are its
main spokesman, who are in many ways, indebted to Gandhi for their socio-
political inspirations which are at the back of Sarvodaya thought. Inspired by
Gandhiji, Vinoba founded Sarvodaya Samaj at Sevagram (Wardha) in March 1948,
in order to strive towards a society based on truth and non-violence, in which there
will be no distinction of caste or creed, no opportunity for exploitation and full
scope for development both for individual as well as groups. Jayaprakash‘s
doctrine of Total revolution reveals Gandhi‘s influence. Indeed, it is based on
Gandhi‘s concept of Sarvodaya and non-violence, as an instrument of social
revolution and reconstruction of Indian Polity.
Today, the entire humanity is divided into two halves, i.e., the sinner
and the saint, the rich and the poor, the employer and the employed. So the burning
humanity cannot be peaceful so long as this disparity in the economic, social,
industrial, political and religious field exists. In such a society, violence and war
are bound to crop up. In the material world, where the chief concern of the
humanity is material gain, the peace of mind is disturbed. There is no actual
satisfaction and poise in the minds of the people. The appetites are increasing day
by day. It has no end. The essential thing for remaining peaceful and happy is to
limit the wants. Nature has given man all the facilities to grow and progress but the
human civilization is creating conditions which are not favorable for a peaceful
living. In such a complex situation, nothing good can be expected. We have to find
out the exact remedy for all the evils in social, economic, political and religious
fields. However, Sarvodaya ideals can go a long way in eradicating these evils.
Sarvodaya fulfils a great need of the age. The world today needs
both revolution and peace, and Sarvodaya is the only social order which gives us a
peaceful revolution. Sarvodaya gives a definite direction in the fields of social

6
organisation and economic and political fields. It presents an ideal which all the
conflicting problems find a peaceful solution.

References: -
1. Anil Dutta Mishra, ―Sources and Implications of Sarvodaya in Gandhi‘s
Philosophy‖, Gandhi Marg, 26, No. 2, July-Sept., 2004.
2. Midatala Rani, ―Sarvodaya as a Development Strategy‖, Gandhi Marg, 20,
No. 2, July-Sept., 1998.
3. Benudhar Pradhan, ―The Socialist Thought of Mahatma Gandhi‖, Vol.1,
Delhi: GDK Publications, 1980.
4. K.S. Bharathi, ―The Philosophy of Sarvodaya‖, New Delhi: Indus
Publishing House, 1990.
5. Thomas Vettickal, ―Gandhian Sarvodaya: Realizing A Realistic Utopia‖,
New Delhi: Gyan Publishing House, 2002.
6. Ratan Das, ―The Global Vision of Mahatma Gandhi‖, New Delhi: Sarup &
Sons, 2005.
7. K.M. Prasad, ―Sarvodaya of Gandhi‖, New Delhi: Raj Hans Publications,
1984.
8. Vishwanath Prasad Varma, ―The Political Philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi
and Sarvodaya‖, Agra: Lakshmi Narain Agarwal, 1972.
9. Vishwanath Prasad Varma, ―The Political Philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi
and Sarvodaya‖, Agra: Lakshmi Narain Agarwal, 1972.
10.Vishwanath Prasad Varma, ―The Political Philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi
and Sarvodaya‖, Agra: Lakshmi Narain Agarwal, 1972.
11.Nirmal Kumar Bose, ―Selections from Gandhi‖, Ahmedabad: Navajivan
Publishing House, 1948.
12.V.K.R.V. Rao, ―Sarvodaya, Trusteeship and Gandhian Socialism‖, in B.C.
Das and G.P. Mishra ed., Gandhi in To-Day‘s India, New Delhi: Ashish
Publishing House, 1979.

7
 MAHATMA GANDHI
AND
NON-CO-OPERATION MOVEMENT

DR. UTTAM KUMAR SHARMA

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE
GOVT. COLLEGE HAMIRPUR (H.P)

Abstract:
Mahatma Gandhi was a great freedom fighter. He launched Non-
Co-operation Movement on 04th September, 1920 to have Indians to revoke their
co-operation from the British Government. With the aim of inducing the British to
grant self Government and full independence to India. This came as result of the
Indian National Congress withdrawing its support for British Reforms following as
Rowlett Act of 18 March 1919 which suspended the right of political prisoners in
Sedition trials. He played the dominant role in the momentous events that lead the
freedom struggle. Thus in this paper we concentrate up on the Jallianwala Bagh
Massacre, Khilafat issue, Gandhi as a Non- co-operator and Characteristic favoring
the Non- Cooperation movements launched by Mahatma Gandhi and contribution
of movement to the national Struggler.
Keywords: Indian National Congress, Khilafat Question, Movement, Revolution

In the year 1920, Gandhi ji took up the leadership of the Indian

National Movement and remained the chief architect of the Indian Politics till
independence. Hence, the period from 1920 to 1947 is generally called the
‗Gandhian Era'. During the period (1920–1935), Gandhi ji dominated the scene of
Indian politics and awoke Indian masses against the British Government. During
his life time Indian National Congress was a fighting machine and a revolutionary
organisation. Though it was non-violent in character but had tremendous inner
strength. His call for the 'Satyagrah‘ galvanized the millions of people against the
8
British imperialism. Due to this effort alone India attained her Independence in the
year 1947.The emergence of Gandhi ji in the Indian politics was very opportune.
Till the 1920, Indian National Movement was dominated by leaders like Gopal
Krishna Gokhale, Bal Gangadhar Tilak and Lala Lajpat Rai. When Gandhi ji took
up the leadership of Congress, Indian National Movement was devoid of
imaginative thought of leadership, Gopal Krishna Gokhale had died in 1915 and
Bal Gangadhar Tilak also left this world in July 1920. Lala Lajpat Rai was
essentially a Moderate and believer of the constitutional reforms. So, there was a
need for a man who could change the course of National Movement. Gandhi ji
came back from South Africa in 1915 at the height of his power and brought with
him a clear cut philosophy of life and political technique which had proved its
efficacy.
Gandhi ji was greatly influenced by Gokhale's political
philosophy Hence in his political views he became as Moderate as his Guru. He
agreed to Gopal Krishna Gokhale‘s policy of co-operating with the Government in
working out the constitutional reforms. He proceeded with full faith in British
intentions which he declared were not against the interests of Indian people. He
also helped the Government in its recruitment drive and also by serving those
wounded in war. In recognition of his services he was awarded a medal. But
despite his all out co-operation when the British Government refused to transfer
power to Indians, nearly all the national leaders were so much disappointed that
they lost the faith in British goodness. Gandhi ji alone refused in change his views.
He still remained as ardent a co-operator as before. While Deshbandhu, C.R Das,
B.C. Pal and others rejected the reforms proposed by the Act of 1919 on the
grounds that they we inadequate and unsatisfactory, Gandhi ji still favoured the
idea of working the Montford Reforms His views can be easily ascertained from
what he wrote in Young India: "The Reforms Act coupled with the proclamation is
an earnest expression of the intention of the British people to do justice to India
and it ought to remove suspicion on that score….. Our duty is not to subject the
Reforms to bitter criticism but to settle down quietly to work so as to make them a
success."But the phase of Gandhi ji's role as a co-operator proved a short-lived
one. There were certain reasons which shook his faith in British fairness and
justice. The events which changed Gandhi ji from a co-operator into a staunch non-
co-operator were as follows: 1
In the beginning of the 20th century, there was a spurt of
revolutionary and terrorist activities in India. The factor chiefly responsible for the
increase in violent activities was the arrogance and high handedness of the British
officers. The partition of Bengal, the unpalatable land laws in the Punjab, and the
famine and plague that occurred in Maharashtra increased the discontent of the

9
people. The Revolutionary Organisations began to work more vigorously during
the First World War and assumed an alarming character. The Government by
passing Defence of India Act armed itself with extensive powers to suppress this
subversive activities. The Act was to expire at the end of war but the Government
decided to keep it in force for a little longer. The First World War was over but
new problems assailed the Government of India. Afghanistan turned into a trouble-
spot. Besides the growing disorder in the country, the Government of India
apprehended an attack by Tzarist Russia via Afghanistan. So it appointed a
committee under the chairmanship of Justice Rowlatt to study the problem of
revolutionary activities and submit its report. The Government of India moved two
Bills in the Central Legislature in February, 1919, to give effect to the
recommendations of Rowlatt Committee They came to be known as Rowlatt Bills
or Black Bills. Under these Acts the Government of India armed itself with
unrestricted powers to control the Press, to try the political offenders without the
help of juries and to arrest and detain a person suspected of subversive activities
for any length of time without holding a trial. Violent protests were directed at the
"Black Rowlatt Bills‖. Since the war was over and there was hardly any
revolutionary activity going on in the country, the continuance of Defence of India
Rules was looked upon by the nationalists with grave suspicion. They feared the
Rowlatt Act would be employed to suppress even peaceful and legitimate
agitations. Rowlatt Act was no doubt a measure to strangle the elementary rights of
the people, hence, the whole country was stirred to action. Gandhi ji came to the
forefront with a solemn ultimatum to the Government that he would be called upon
to lead an agitation if any attempt was made to rob the people of their personal
freedom. The warning fell on deaf ears. In spite of strong opposition both within
the Central Legislature and without, the Government passed an Act known as
Anarchical and Revolutionary Crime Act, 1919.On 6th April, 1919, Gandhi ji
started a countrywide campaign against Rowlatt Act. He called upon the people to
observe total hartal and the country responded to his call admirably. Processions
were taken out to express public resentment against the repressive legislation.
Swami Shradhananda led one such procession in Delhi. Police force blocked the
way and ordered the processionists to disperse. A few British soldiers threatened to
shoot Swami ji who thereupon, uncovered his breast to receive the bullet.
Overawed by his dauntlessness, the soldiers could not execute their threat. The
clash between the people and the police occurred near the Delhi Railway Station.
The police opened fire which resulted in the loss of eight lives. Such incidents
occurred in Lahore and Calcutta also Gandhi is left. Bombay for Delhi on 8th
April. On the way he was served with a notice banning his entry into Delhi and
Punjab. On his refusal to abide by the notice, he was arrested at Palwal near Delhi
and was sent back to Bombay.
10
 The news of Gandhi ji's arrest spread with amazing rapidity all
over the country. It led to disturbances at various places particularly in
Ahmadabad, Viramgaum and Nadiad. Such happenings took place me in the
Punjab districts of Gurjanwala, Lahore and Kassur. The Government arrested the
two prominent leaders of the Punjab Dr. Satya Pal and Dr. Kitchlew. The citizens
of Amritsar were so much provoked by the arrest of their favourite leaders, that the
formed a procession and marched to words the residence of the District Magistrate.
The military contingent barred their way and opened fire on the mob, killing two
and injuring many others. The people lifted the dead bodies on their shoulders and
paraded along the main streets of Amrtisar. On the way they set fire to National
Bank and killed the Bank Manager. In all five Europeans lost their lives and
several buildings were burnt on that day. On the 10th April, 1919, martial law was
imposed on the city.2
On 13th April, 1919, the Baisakhi day, a public meeting was
held in the Jallianwala Bagh, Amritsar. The place was enclosed on all sides by the
back walls of the houses. It had only one entrance gate, that too so narrow that no
carriage could pass through it. The martial law administrator Dyer allowed the
people to assemble at the Bagh and when it was packed to capacity, he along with
a contingent of 100 Indian and 50 British soldiers reached the venue of the
meeting. The only passage leading into the Bagh was so narrow that the machine-
gun could not be taken in. The peaceful gathering was being addressed by one Mr.
Hans raj. The speakers one by one, demanded the release of the Punjab leaders as
well as Gandhi ji. Protests were being made against the Rowlatt Act when General
Dyer, without even giving a warning to the crowd to disperse, opened fire. It is
said that1650 rounds of 303 were fired. The firing stopped only when the
ammunition was exhausted. Dyer later admitted himself that no doubt he asked the
people to clear off but within three minutes of his ne opened fire. Commonsense
says that 20,000 people could not disperse in three minutes.

According to the official report nearly 400 people were killed

and more than a thousand wounded as a result of firing. Actually the casualties
must have been much more than the official figure. All precautions were taken not
to let the news of firing trickle out of the Province. Dyer massacred the people with
a spirit of revenge is above dispute. It was further confirmed from what Dyer
himself stated before the Hunter Committee which had been set up to enquire into
the unfortunate incident. In answer to a question by Justice Rankin, a member of
the Hunter Committee who asked, "Excuse me putting in this way, General, but
was it not a form of frightfulness? Dyer answered, "No, it was not for horrible
duty I had to perform. I think it was a merciful thing; I thought that I should shoot
11
well and shoot strong so that I or anybody else should not have to shoot again. I
think it is quite possible that I could have dispersed the crowd without firing but
they would have come back again and laughed and I should have made what I
consider to be a fool of myself. In approval of his action, Dyer got a telegram from
the Punjab Governor, Sir Michael O'Dwyer: "Your action correct, Lieutenant –
Governor approves.‖
Hunter Report. Since the news from the Punjab was strictly
censored, the people in other of the country came to know about the atrocities of
General Dyer pretty late. The Indian National Congress reacted sharply and
speedily. It demanded a high level enquiry into incidents of firing in the Punjab.
For having first-hand information it formed a committee of its own, consisting of
Pt. Motilal Nehru, Gandhi ji, Pt. Madan Mohan Malaiya and others. Rabindra
Nath Tagore also wasso acutely pained that he surrendered his knighthood. Sir
Shankaran Nair resigned his membership of the Viceroy's Executive Council. The
Government of India was ultimately compelled to set a committee to investigate
into and report on the sad happenings in the Punjab. The Hunter Committee which
was constituted in October, 1919, submitted its report in March, 1920. In the
meantime, the Government of India by passing Indemnity Act absolved all the
officials of any trial or punishment in connection with the Punjab firing incident.
The Hunter Committee in its report also tried to whitewash the conduct of the
British officers. It gave a clean chit to all others except notorious Dyer for whom it
suggested compulsory retirement. The only charge that the Committee made out
against Dyer was that he exceeded the reasonable requirements of the case due to
grave error of judgement.‖ Worse still the British Press and Parliament showered
praise upon Dyer and hailed him as the savior of British rule. The British
Government in recognition of his services presented him with a Sword of Honour
and a purse of £ 2000. The news shocked Gandhi ji as well as the whole country.
The investigation committee appointed by the Congress reported that the number
of the dead in Jallianwala Bagh tragedy was considerably larger than the official
figures. It condemned vehemently the reign of terror and anarchy that was imposed
upon Punjab after the occurrence of Jallianwala Bagh tragedy. Sir Valentine Chirol
and Sivaswamy have given us graphic details of the martial law administration in
the Punjab. Chirol writes, ―Sir Michael O'Dwyer protested, it is true, against Dyer's
monstrous crawling order and it was promptly disallowed. But what of many other
'orders' which were not disallowed? What of the promiscuous flogging and
whippings, the indiscriminate arrests and confiscations, the so-called ―fancy
punishments' designed not so much to punish individual rebels as to terrorise and
humiliate? What of the whole judicial or quasi-judicial administration of martial
law?‖ The Congress demanded adequate punishment to be awarded to the persons

12
responsible for firing and also monetary compensation to be given to the
dependants of the victims of firing. The Government gave a cold shoulder to these
demands. The cruel indifference of the Government to public good was one of the
reasons which made Gandhi ji cross the floor to the side of non-co-operators. He
lost all faith in British fairness and justice.3
The second reason which embittered Gandhi ji was the
Khilafat issue. The Sultan of Turkey was accepted by the Indian Mussalmans as
their spiritual head. Turkey during the First World War joined hands with Axis
Powers and fought against England. The Indian Muslims found themselves in a
dilemma whether to support England or Turkey. They feared, and their fear was
not unfounded too, that in the event of losing the battle, Turkey would be
completely dismembered, i.e., would be dispossessed of many parts of her big
empire. In order to win the support of Indian Muslims to British Prime Minister,
Mr. Lloyd George, declared: "Nor are we fighting to deprive Turkey of the rich
and renowned lands of Asia Minor and Thrace which are preponderantly Turkish
in race." Misle by the assurance the Muslims extended whole-hearted support to
England in her war operations. But after the signing of armistice, the British
Government refused to honour its promise. Thrace was presented to Greece and the
Asiatic portions of Turkish Empire were divided between England an France.
Naturally the Muslims felt as if they had been cheated and befooled. Hence they
adopted hostile attitude towards the British.

Mahatma Gandhi saw his chance of utilising the rupture

between the British and the Muslims. He new well that without Hindu-Muslim
unity and a strong opposition, the English could not be driven out. So he set about
wooing the Muslims and enlisting their support for a common front against the
Government. He sympathised with the grievances of the Muslim community and
convened a khilafat Conference on November 14, 1919. He also occupied the
presidential chair. He suggested a Muslim deputation to wait upon the Viceroy and
see if he could do anything to redeem the British promise. The deputation,
however, returned disappointed. A deputation led by Maulana Shaukat Ali and
Mohammed Ali also met the British Prime Minister in March, 1920, and requested
the latter to mete out better treatment to the Sultan of Turkey but to no avail. The
Turkish Empire was disintegrated and distributed between the Allied Powers. A
high Commission was appointed by the Allied Powers to rule over the country,
with Sultan as nothing better than a prisoner. Indignation amongst the Muslims
touched the peak point, Gandhi ji put before them his non-co-operation programme
and they accepted the scheme.

13
 Factors responsible thus the two main factors which led to a
change in Gandhi ji‘s attitude towards the British Government were failure of the
Government to heal up the wounds of Punjab firings and secondly, non-ful-filment
of the promise made by the British Prime Minister in regard to Khilafat issue. In a
letter to Viceroy written in August, 1920, he wrote thus: ―Events that have
happened during the past month have confirmed me in the opinion that the
Imperial Government have acted in the Khilafat matter in an unscrupulous,
immoral and unjust manner and have been moving from wrong to wrong in order
to defend their immorality. I can retain neither respect nor affection for such a
Government. Your Excellency's light-hearted treatment of official crime, your
exoneration of Sir Michael O'Dwyer, Mr. Montagu's Dispatch and above all the
shameful ignorance of the Punjab events and the callous disregard of the feelings
of Indians betrayed by the House of Lords, have filled me with the gravest
misgivings as regards the future of the Empire, have estranged me completely from
the present Government and have disabled me from rendering, as I have hitherto
whole-heartedly rendered, my total co-operation.‖ Mahatma Gandhi further said: "I
consider that I would be less than truthful if I did not describe as Satanic a
Government which has been guilty of fraud, murder and wanton cruelty and which
still remains unrepentant and resorts to untruth to cover its guilts.‖4

When Gandhi ji lost all hopes of getting any fair and equitable
treatment at the hands of the British Government, he planned to wreck the
administration of the country by withdrawing country‘s. Co-operation from the
Government. In this project, he hoped to get the support of the Muslims who had
become anti-British on Turkey-issue. He made a fervent appeal to the Hindus to
support the cause of the Muslims. A committee which had been appointed to draw
up the details suggested, to begin with, the boycott of schools, colleges and courts.
Gandhi ji and Ali Brothers toured the country and explained the meaning and
significance of the movement. A special session of the Congress was convened at
Calcutta in September, 1920, to approve the scheme. It was presided over by Lala
Lajpat Rai. The delegates passed several resolutions, condemning the British
Government for breaking its promise in connection with the Khilafat and the
failure to protect innocent people of the Punjab from the atrocious behaviour of the
officials. In one of the resolutions the Congress declared that‖ there can be no
contentment in India without redress of two a aforementioned wrongs and that the
only effectual means to vindicate national honour and to prevent a repetition of
similar wrongs in future is the establishment of Swarajya.‖ The resolution further
said that "there is no course left open for the people of India but to approve and
adopt the policy of progressive non-violent non-co-operation inaugurated by

14
Mahatma Gandhi until the said wrongs are righted and Swarajya is
established."The resolution on Non-co-operation evoked a heated controversy. Pt.
Motilal Nehru and Ali Brothers supported the resolution but Shri C.R. Das, Pt.
Madan Mohan Malaviya and Mrs. Annie Besant opposed it strongly. Even Lala
Lajpat Rai, the President of the Calcutta Congress session did not react favourably
towards the resolution. Lokmanya Bal Gangadhar Tilak had already died in
August, 1920, who might have supported the movement if he had lived. 1,886
delegates voted for and 844 voted against the scheme of Non-Co-operation.

The resolution on Non-Co-operation was again repeated at the

Nagpur Congress in Dec 1920. This time it received greater support than it had
received at Calcutta. The Congress changed its creed and defined its object as "The
attainment of Swaraj by peaceful and legitimate means‖ Certain changes were
made also on the organizational side of the Congress. Congress circle were
reorganized on a linguistic basis. A working committee was formed to look after
its day-to-day work formerly the two factions in the Congress—the Moderates and
the Extremists—had no programme agreeable to both. The Moderates aimed at
attaining self-government within the British Empire while Extremists claimed
complete independence without any relationship with the British Government. The
Nagpur Session was momentous in the respect that it changed the constitution of
the Congress in a way which satisfied both the sections. The word ‗Swaraj' was
defined by each section in its own a way. What Gandhi ji meant by Swaraj was the
attainment of self-government within British Ampere with full liberty to secede at
any time. The nature and scope of Congress activities to achieve its goodes was
also widened—from the constitutional means to all peaceful and legitimate means.
Peaceful means included not only sending petitions but also the more effective and
direct measure of refusal to pay taxes. Nagpur, thus, marked a new era in the
history of freedom struggle. Mr. Jinnah. Mrs. Besant and B.C. Pal, who did not
approve such a radical, change in the technique of freedom struggle left the
Congress.

Following circumstances were favouring for the Non-co-operation Movement.

1. Criticism of the Act of 1919– There was great criticism of Montague-
Chelmsford report leaving aside few Moderates; all the Nationalists bitterly
criticized it. The public of India was thinking of Purna Swaraj since the First
World War
2. Rowlatt Bill and its consequences - Government of India appointed a
Sedition Committee in 1918 with Justice Rowlatt to report on the seditious
15
movements. On the recommendations of the committee, two Bills were passed.
Now, the people could be arrested and imprisoned for seditious activities and being
in possession of either published or unpublished pictures or documents of seditious
nature. The Executive was given the power for preventive detention or enforced
residence on all -suspected political leaders. Dr. Ishwari Prasad has remarked: "The
provisions of these Bills were a shabby device to place on the Statute Book, some
of the most repressive measures like the Defence of India Act. Their wordings
were so comprehensive and the powers bestowed on the Executive, so unrestricted
that the Civil Liberty or the subject lost all its meaning."All the sections in India
opposed these Bills. "A wave of anger greeting them from all over India and even
the moderates joined in this and opposed the measures with all their might. Indeed
there was universal opposition on the part of Indian of all shades of opinion." In
these Bills Indians saw the denial of self determination and popular liberty, The
Act gave the Police and Executive unlimited authority for suppressing civil liberty.
Even the faith of Mahatma Gandhi in the good intention of the British, was
shattered. He also became a non co-operator and called for Satyagrah against the
notorious Rowlatt Act. March 30, 1919, was fixed for the suspension of all
business fasts and prayers. Later on, the date was changed to 6th April, 1919.
Gandhi ji's appeal for Hartal met with a wonderful success all over India. One
noticeable feature of the general excitement was unprecedented fraternization
between Hindus and Muslims.....Hindu Muslim unity was the watch of word
processions indicated by cries and by banners." Unfortunately there were disorders
and disturbances at certain places. He thus suspended the Satyagrah on 18th April.
Mahatma Gandhi was arrested on8th April, 1919 at Paliwal. Indian masses were
greatly agitated at the arrest of Mahatma Gandhi and they intensified an agitation
particularly at Delhi, Ahmedabad and the Punjab. The arrest of Dr. Satyapal and
Dr. Kitchlew created a storm in Punjab.
3. Jallianwala Bagh Massacre (April 13, 1919) - Dr. Kitchlew and Dr.
Satyapal two prominent leaders of Punjab, were arrested on April 10. As the
people of Punjab knew the incident, the bazars of the city were crowded. The
inhabitants of Amritsar took out a procession and demanded the release of their
leaders. On the way at the Hall Gate Bridge, they were stopped by a military force
Naturally, the people were agitated against this. This led to police firing on the
non-violent mob, which was extremely excited. The crowd also became violent
and 5 Europeans were killed and several buildings were set on fire. Town Hall and
Indian Christian Church became the main victims of the crowd, General Dwyer
officer commanding of the troops took up a very hasty step. Dr. Ishwari Prasad has
written:

16
 "General Dwyer believed that it was expected to him to distinguish
himself Signal Act of Butchery as a means of putting an end of the disturbances."
General Dwyer determined to teach Indians a lesson with the feelings of relation
and revenge. The whole Amritsar became a post of Military Camp. An order was
passed for banning all the public meetings but it was not properly published. A
public meeting was announced on 13th April in the Jallianwala Bagh. The
historians like Dr. Hari Ram Gupta was of the view that the meeting was
deliberately organized by the Britishers. It was the "Baisakhi day. A few traitors
like Hansraj were hired for the publicity of the meeting. Thus, thousands of people
assembled at Jallianwala Bagh and were waiting for the president of the meeting.
In the meantime General Dwyer entered the place and without a warning to a
peaceful mob, he opened fire at about 100 yards upon a dense crowd; 1,650 rounds
were fired. The firing was heavy at the points where the crowd was thick.
According to official report 379 persons were shot dead and 1,200 were wounded
and left unattended. The casualty could have been heavier still if Dwyer had
succeeded his cars with machine guns on the spot. As the passage was very narrow
so he could not do that. Mr. Thompson has written: "The Amritsar tragedy was a
turning point in Indo-British relations almost as important as the mutiny of 1857.‖
This tragedy will go in annals of the Indian History, as a great slur on Britishers.
Two days after Jalianwala Bagh, Martial law was declared and promulgated in 5
districts of Punjab.
The Jallianwala Bagh is a turning point in the History of Indian
National Movement. R.C. Majumdar has written: "The lesson of Jallianwala Bagh
was nothing short of this that while some English Officers had descended to a level
for below that of humanity, the English people, by their active or passive support
to his outrage on the humanity had lost all claim and prestige to rule over India. It
thus became the paramount duty of the Indians to avenge at any cost, the rowns
and insults inflicted by those who were short of all human instincts, and animated
by nothing better higher than a nacked brutal force. This lesson was deeply
implanted in the heart of every Indian particularly that of Gandhi, the greatest
Indian of the day, and inspired him to launch a compaign against the British. which
ultimately led to their final expulsion from India.‖

4. Lord Hunter Committee - The Government instead of punishing the

wrong officers passed a Bill-shielding the guilty officers passed a Bill-shielding the
guilty officers. A Committee of six persons known as Lord Hunter Committee was
appointed to wash off guilt of General Dwyer. The Committee reported that
General's conduct was based on 'an honest but mistaken conception of duty.'
General Dwyer was not punished severely but simply removed from the service.
17
Even some of the British Parliamentarians commanded his service to the nation.
He was handed over a purse of £20,000 and a sword of honour by his admirals. It
was a matter of great shame. The Congress Enquiry Committee wrote, thus, "a cold
blooded, calculated masscare of innocent, unoffending, unarmed men and
children, unparalleled for its heartlessness and a cowardly brutality in modern
times" This all effected Gandhi ji and his followers to turn into co-operation. Mr.
Surendra Nath Bannerjee has rightly remarked that the Rowlatt-Act was the parent
of non-co-operation.

5. The Khilafat Movement and National Unity- The sincerity of

Britishers further exposed over the Khilafat question. This issue was concerned
with the Khilafat the highest religious office in the Islamic world. After the first
World War the Ali decided to dismember the Ottoman Empire and to disband the
office of Khilafat. Muslims in India became hostile at this decision a deputation
was sent in march 1920, to London to stop the disruption of Turkish Empire but it
was all in vain Muslims demanded, "The preservation of the Turkish
Empire.......and they continued, existence of the Khilafat as a temporal not less
than spiritual institution.‖Maulana Mohd. Ali (Ali brothers) joined the Congress
and decided to follow Mahatma Gandhi Muslim theologians also supported to the
Khilafat Movement and there was great excitement all over the country. A large
section of hindus under the leadership of Mahatma Gandhi took part in the
movement. It was an opportune time for uniting Hindus and Muslims and
Mahatma Gandhit full advantage of it. Coupland writes: ―Such an opportunity for
uniting Hindus and Mohammadans as would not arise in a hundred years.‖ The
Khilafat Committee accepted the non-co-operation programme and a special
session of Indian Natioral Congress was held in Calcutta to launch for movement
Dr. Pattabhi Sitaramayya writes: "The Triveni of Khilafat and Punjab wrong and
the invisible flow of inadequate reforms, became full to the brim, and by their
confluence enriched both in volume and content the stream of national
discontent."
As we have already pointed out that after acceptance of Khailafat
Committee, the non-cooperation programme became the main goal of the
Congress. A special session of Congress under the president ship of Lala Lajpat
Rai was convened in September 1920 at Calcutta and a resolution for launching
non-co-operation movement was accepted. A large number of Muslims were also
present at the session. The resolution was moved by Mahatma Gandhi and
supported by Pandit Motilal Nehru and Ali Brothers. Non-Co-operation become
Congress policy though many senior Congressmen like C.R. Das, Mrs. Besant, Pt.
Madan Mohan Malviya and B.C. Pal; opposed it. In the Congress session of
18
December 1920, at Nagpur those who were against the non-co-operation
movement were also non-over and the resolution was passed with an
overwhelming majority of votes. Mr. Michael Brother has rightly remarked: ―So
persuasive was Gandhi ji even among the older men that C.R. Das, who had gone
to Nagpur with the avowed intention of undoing the Calcutta resolution, with
hundreds of delegates at his own expense, succumbed after an all night discussion
with: the Mahatma.‖5

Programme of the Non-Co-operation Movement. The policy and

programme which the Congress adopted at Calcutta Session and reiterated at
Nagpur Session was as follows:
(1) Boycott of foreign goods and use of Swadeshi. (The Congress workers were
also asked to spin yarn and thousands of weavers were encouraged to weave
cloth).
(2) Surrender of titles and honorary offices and resignation of members occupying
nominated seats in Local Bodies.
(3) Refusal to attend official Durbars.
(4) Gradual boycott of British courts by lawyers and litigants.
(5) Boycott of Government and State-aided schools.
(6) Boycott of elections to the new Councils and refusal by the voters to vote at the
elections
(7) Refusal by soldiers, clerks and working people to serve in Mesopotamia. In
short the Nonco-operation scheme aimed at the boycott of
colleges, courts, councils and government jobs. In short the Non-Co-operation
scheme aimed at the
boycott of colleges, courts, councils and Government jobs.
Besides the boycott measures, the Congress also adopted a
constructive programme, it included the opening of national educational
institutions the setting up of Panchyats as a substitute of British courts, the
popularization of Charkha plying and yarns pinning, promotion of communal
harmony and the removal of untouchability.
Progress of the Non-Co-operation Movement. The response to the
Congress Programme of Non-co-operation was quite enthusiastic. Gandhi ji and
his stalwarts went round the country and mobilized public opinion in favour of the
19
new movement. They persuaded the students to stay away from State institutions
and seek admission to national schools. Thousands of students left their schools.
For their benefit several national educational institutions came into existence-
notable among them being Gujarat Vidyapeeth, Bihar Vidyapeeth. Kashi
Vidyapeeth. Aligarh University, Jamia Milia, National College, Lahore, and others.
Even lawyers of great standing and lucrative practice also gave up their profession
and dedicated themselves to political work. C.R. Das, Pt. Motilal Nehru,
Jawaharlal Nehru, Vithal Bhai Patel and Rajendra Prasad became whole time
workers of the Congress; Seth Jamnalal Bajaj set apart a sum of Rs. one lakh to
support those lawyers who had given up practice in favour of political work.
Prominent Muslim leaders like Dr. Ansari, Maulana Abul Kalaam Azad, Shaukat
Ali and Mohammad Ali also toured the country and called upon the Muslims to
support the movement. Hindu and Muslim workers rubbed shoulders with each
other without any malice or communal feeling.

Of all the boycotts enunciated in the Non-co-operation scheme,

the most successful was the boycott of elections to the Reformed Councils.
Thousands of voters stayed away from the polling booths and no Congress
candidates contested the elections. The Congress being out of field, the Liberals,
the opportunists and the loyalists fought the elections and entered the Legislative
Councils. The Duke of Connaught who came to India to inaugurate the new
reforms was also greeted with black flags and hartals. People organised bonfire of
foreign cloth and garments. In order to make Nonco-operation a mass agitation, the
Congress resolved to collect 1 crore for the Swarajya Fund, to enrol one crore
members and to introduce 20 lakh charkhas in the country. Soon the fund was
oversubscribed by rupees 15 lakhs. Hundreds of people willingly renounced their
titles.
The Congress then decided to show country's temper to Prince
of Wales. It issued an appeal to observe complete hartal on the day of the Prince's
landing. The Government adopted a stern attitude towards the organizers and
agitators. All the renowned leaders except Gandhi ji were put behind the bars. The
Congress was declared an unlawful organisation. Khilafat leaders set up their
parallel government at various places. The movement could not remain a peaceful
one. Acts of violence became frequent. On August 20, 1921, Moplahs in Malabar
took law in their hands and killed not only Europeans but also thousands of
Hindus. The Prince landed in Bombay on 17th November, 1921. A few loyalists
who turned up to receive the Prince came in clash with the boycotters which
resulted in brick-batting and outbreak of violence. Gandhi ji looked upon violence
with distaste so he criticized the defaulters strongly,

20
 The venue of the next session of the Congress was Ahmadabad.
It was held in December, 1921. The party resolved to intensify and speed up the
movement and invested Gandhi ji with full authority to carry on Congress
activities in the manner he thought fit. Gandhi ji was also empowered to launch a
Civil Disobedience Movement if he felt the need. On 1st February, 1922, Gandhi ji
gave an ultimatum to Lord Reading, the Viceroy of India, to withdraw all
repressive laws and give proof of his changed attitude within seven days or face
the consequences of another Satyagrah in the form of non-payment of taxes.

Suspension of the Movement.

But before the expiry of seven days' notice an unforeseen Incident
took place at Chauri Chaura in U.P. An excited mob attacked a police outpost on
February 05, 1922, and killed a few constables. Gandhi ji, apprehending similar
troubles in other parts of the country, announced the suspension of the campaign
relating to non-payment of taxes. The reaction tothe withdrawal of movement by
unilateral action of Gandhi ji was adverse. The policy of retreat the was not liked
by many leaders, viz., C. Rajgopalachari, Nehru family, Ali Brothers and Lala
Lajpat Rai. Gandhi ji's popularity suffered a setback because of his arbitrary action.
The Government availed itself of the opportunity and arrested Gandhi ji. The
"Great Trial‖ began on 18th March,1922, in the court of Sessions Judge, Mr.
Bloomfield. In his statement of historic importance, Gandhi ji indicted the
Government of doing ‗satanic acts‘ which could convert a person from a loyal
subject to a seditionist. The court sentenced him to six years ‗simple imprisonment.
In this way the Non-co-operation Movement fizzled out but the flame of
nationalism continued to burn brighter. Only the front was shifted from public
places to well inside the Legislative Councils.6

Defects of the Movement.

That the Congress programme of the boycott of courts. Colleges
and councils or that of the surrender of titles would not get sweeping success, was
a foregone conclusion. The chief reason was that the country was not prepared for
such a mass agitation to go in a disciplined way. The Congress decision to keep
away from the elections to new Councils only opened the field for the traitors to
become legislators. Secondly, the sudden suspension of the movement was a
blunder on the part of Gandhi ii. Other Congress leaders resented Gandhi ji's
action. They felt further distressed when Gandhi ji took upon himself the sole
responsibility for the riots at Bombay, Madras and Chaura-Chauri. It was true, they

21
argued, that the movement took a violent turn because the people were not
adequately trained to receive blows and bullets quietly but the Government itself
was partly responsible for it. It provoked the mob to become violent by raining
lathis on it. No flesh and blood can stand atrocities without registering a reaction.
If the movement had continued for a little longer the Government would certainly
have agreed to negotiate with the Congress. Gandhi ji's mistake however, spoiled
the chances of success. Since Gandhi ji could neither redress the grievances of the
Punjab nor fulfill his promise of securing Swaraj within a year of the launching of
movement, the people were filled with a bitter sense of frustration. The several
shock was received by those who had made great sacrifices at the call of Gandhi ji.
The faith of the people in the Congress programme and particularly Gandhi ji was
rudely shaken. Even the findings of the Civil Disobedience Enquiry Committee
appointed by the congress also confirmed the general feeling that boycott
programme was erroneous and the Congressmen should have been allowed to
contest the elections to the Legislative Councils and to the Local Bodies.
Lastly, Gandhi ji approach to Khilafat was quite unrealistic. He
tried to be too idealistic in political matters. He espoused the Khilafat with a view
to forging Hindu-Muslim unity but the results obtained were disappointing. The
discord between the two communities became wider than it was ever before,
resulting in communal riots at various places. The suspension of the movement
gave an occasion to the Muslim League to discredit the Congress. The League
launched a Vicious propaganda that Congress had used the Muslims as tools
during the Non-Co-operation Movement achieve its selfish ends and that it had
deceived the Muslims by calling off the movement abrupt Another point that
Gandhi ji overlooked at the time of joining hands with the League over the issue
was that Khilafat was a religious issue in which not to speak of all non-Muslims,
eve Mussalmans of Turkey, had no interest. As soon as Kemal Pasha came to
power in Turkey, off the Khilafat movement and even turned the Khalifa out of
Turkey. By confusing issue with national struggle, Gandhi ji earned nothing but
dissatisfaction and criticism, to promote Hindu-Muslim unity by appeasing the
Muslims also bore bitter fruits in the years that followed.
The following were the achievements of Non-Co-operation
Movement to the National struggle:
(1)There is no doubt that of all the movements launched by the
Congress from the year of its inception to 1920, Non-Co-operation was of the
greatest historical importance. It marked a change of great at magnitude in the
object and programme of the congress. It ushered in new era in the political life of
the country. The Congress for the first time declared that its goal was the
attainment of Swarajya, not petty reforms. It also changed the means to achieve its
22
goal from petitions to direct action against the Government. It approved the policy
of mass agitations with the result that every Indian was imbued with national
feeling. The fury of the people against the white rulers reached its peak point and
they came out in thousand to lose all they for the sake of dear freedom. Thus the
net gain movements was that the torch of patriotism was carried and lighted in
every cottage and castle. The struggle for freedom which hitherto used to be fought
by the few educated politicians became a mass struggle to be fought by every
peasant, worker and common man.

(2) Another salutary effect of the Non-co-operation Movement

was that the Indians learnt how to face the police and military atrocities boldly.
Formerly, jails were a terror and criticizing the government a taboo. Under the
dynamic leadership of Gandhi ji, going to jail for the national cause become an act
of patriotism and subjecting the Government to searching criticism in public
meems a popular fashion. The word Swarajya settled down on the tip of every
tongue...7
(3) The weapon of passive resistance or Satyagraha which the
Congress employed for attaining independence proved unique and unparalleled.
The Government had no effective reply to it. The language of lathi which the
police used to deal with peaceful Satyagrah is was too heinous and unsuitable. In
fact the weapon of Satyagraha paralysed the striking power of the authorities. Non-
cooperation was the first step towards the great glorious struggle which delivered
us our long-cherished freedom. If nothing else, the movement had its great
educative value. It imparted necessary political training and foretaste of future
hardships to the fighters for freedom.
(4) Another advantage of the movement was that for the time it
continued, the Government remained eager to win the goodwill and co-operation
of the Moderates in working the new Reforms. But as soon as the movement was
called off, it assumed the same attitude of cold indifference towards the Reforms of
1919.
(5) The constructive side of the movement, that is the Khadi,
charkha spinning, starting of national educational institutions and the cult of
Swadeshi, also proved of great benefit to the country. The boycott of foreign goods
gave a staggering blow to British trade interest in India. The national schools and
colleges became training fields for the patriots. The use of Swadeshi provided
employment to thousand of weavers. The achievement of the movement may be
summed up in the words of Subhash Chandra Bose: ―The year 1921 undoubtedly
gave the country a highly organized party organisation.............Before that the

23
Congress was a constitutional party and mainly a talking body. The Mahatma not
only gave it a new constitution and a nationwide basis but, what is more important,
converted it into a revolutionary organisation......... Uniform slogans were repeated
everywhere and a uniform policy and ideology gained currency from one end of
India to the other. The English language lost its importance and the congress
adopted Hindi as the lingua franca for the whole country......Khadi became the
official uniform for all Congressmen." Lord Chelmsford was thoroughly wrong
when he stated that the Non-Co-operation scheme was nothing butnon-sensical.

An impartial observer cannot overlook the fact that Gandhi ji's

greatest contribution to the Indian Nationalist Movement lay in the point that he
created a mass awakening of unprecedented scale for the first time. He was the
father, pioneer of the first mass national liberation struggle of the Indian people
after 1857. Again it was Gandhi ji who exploded the illusion lovingly cherished by
Moderates that freedom could be obtained only with the assistance and co-
operation of foreign ―democracy‖. This was undoubtedly Gandhi ji's progressive
contribution to Indian nationalism ―The Indian people, under his leadership,
became.‖ writes one of his formidable critics, ―heroic, audacious fighters for
national freedom, courters of jails and receivers of hail-storms of bullets of the
imperialist enemy. Gandhi ji injected the people with deep hatred for the 'satanic
‗British government and with an unquenchable thirst for national freedom. Gandhi
was the highest expression of nationalism........ Subjectively he incarnated the very
spirit of nationalism, its profound hatred of foreign enslavement and heroic will
and determination to end that enslavement.‖8
Significance of the Non-Co-operation Movement.
Though the Non-Co-operation Movement suddenly collapsed out
it served a great purpose to inspire the Indians in new faith and new hope. It was
the first time the congress Movement because the mass movement. The
achievements of the Non-Co-operation Movement were great. The movement has
shown the willingness of Indians to endure hardships and punishments for the
cause of liberation. It made countrymen bold and patriotic. The Indians were no
more afraid of imprisonment. According to Subhash Chandra Bose: ―The year
1921 undoubtedly gave the country a highly organized party organisation. Before
that the Congress was a constitutional party and mainly a talking body. The
Mahatma not only gave it a constitution and a nation-wide basis, but what is more
important covered it into a revolutionary organisation. Uniform slogans were
repeated everywhere and uniform policy and ideology gained currency from one
end of India to the other. The English language lost its importance and the

24
Congress adopted Hindi as the 'Language France' for the whole country. Khadi
became the official uniform for Congressmen."
In the words of Mr. A.R. Desai, ―With a section of workers and
peasants participating in it, the nationalists movement, which was restricted to the
upper and middle classes till 1917, got a mass basis for the first time.‖

References
1. Dr. Batra, Mahatma Gandhi: The man & his philosophy, (Srishti Publishers
2012). P-25
2. Nand Kishore Prasad, Gnadhi and Gandhism (ABD Publishers 2010) P-34
3. Lakshman Rao, The Britisher Gandhi (Bhartia Sahitya Kala Publishers New
Delhi 110002 Page- 64
4. Swanand S Pathak, Gandhian Thoughts Publisher CBS 2015 Page- 79
5. Mahatma Gandhi, The story of my Experiments (Publisher Finger print
2009) Page- 105
6. Manoj Sihna, Gandhi (Publisher Orient Black Swan 2010) Page - 89
7. Ram Singh Indian Philospher, (Encyclopedua Britanmica June 2020) Page-
137
8. Dr. Mahesh Bhatnagar, Constitutional Development and National
Movement of India (S. Chand Company New Delhi 110055) Page- 258

25
 Revisiting Gandhi in Pandemic Pandemonium

Harsha Rana Raka Sharma

Associate Professor Associate Professor
Department of English Department of English
Govt. College Dharamshala Govt. College Naura
Dist. Kangra, H.P. (India) Dist. Kangra, H.P.(India)

Abstract:
At any given point of time no one seems to be more relevant and
prophetic than Mahatma Gandhi. His concepts like nonviolence, satyagraha,
personal hygiene, sustainable development act as a guiding light in every situation.
His concepts related to ‗Truth‘ and ‗God‘ give psychological strength and mental
resilience to any individual trying to cope up with the demands of life particularly
during stressful times of the pandemic. Every chapter of his life is a perfect
example of perseverance, dedication, resilience and wisdom. The corona virus
disease 2019 (COVID-19) has emerged as a global threat. India is also facing
unprecedented challenges at all fronts. This paper glances at the COVID-19
scenario in India through Gandhian lens, and discusses the recommended ways
ahead.
Keywords: Mahatma Gandhi, Satyagraha, nonviolence, pandemic, COVID- 19

Introduction
In one of the most loved and delightful piece of poetry Kipling
wrote ―If you can trust yourself when all men doubt you, But make allowance for
their doubting too…Or being hated, don‘t give way to hating… Yours is the Earth
and everything that‘s in it‖ The counsel seem to have drawn from Gandhi‘s
character.
Who could have believed that one wiry, bespectacled man from
Gujarat had the power to take on an empire? It was unbelievable that in spite of
being arrested for several times over the years for his actions during the movement,
26
he calmly fasted in prison, believing that his death would embarrass the British
enough to spur independence, which turned into reality one day. When everyone
else thought Might is Right he proved that Right is Might. Gandhi was a great
visionary as he was not just about throwing out the British. He was about what
would come next. He thought about it; wrote about it; and unlike all others built a
distinctly different opinion about what needs to be done.

The man of ethics, intelligence and piety stands tall and relevant
in every age. His stances, his beliefs, his words and his perception guide us like a
pole star through every situation. As rightly pointed out by Martin Luther King Jr:
―Gandhi was inevitable. If humanity is to progress, Gandhi is inescapable. He
lived, thought and acted, inspired by the vision of humanity evolving toward a
world of peace and harmony. We may ignore Gandhi at our own risk.‖

Pandemic can be marked as one of the darkest hours in the

history of mankind. In the age of internet, social media, and instant
transcontinental communication and mass transportation, COVID-19 is one of its
kind, given the degree and swiftness of its spread. It is occurring in an age when
the global economy is more integrated than ever before, and people, goods,
money and ideas move faster than they have ever done. Consequently, the effect
of a microbial disease with intercontinental spread and fatal potential has
affected society more than at any time in the past. Humanity stands at crossroads
and know not whither to go. Death has played its naked dance all around. ―Things
fall apart and the center cannot hold‖. This pandemic opened up our eyes to many
ugly realities and force us to reexamine our ways. Vulnerable, devastated and
confused as we are today, we can revisit Gandhi as a beacon of light. In this paper
an attempt has been made to understand how Gandhian philosophy stands relevant
even today and can guide us through the times of crisis.

An Overview of the Covid Crisis

The impact of corona virus pandemic on India has been largely
disruptive in terms of economic activity as well as a loss of human lives. Almost
all the sectors have been adversely affected.
India reported more than 1, 53 lakh suicides last year, the highest
in the last ten years according to NCRB(National Crime Rates Bureau). One fourth
of these suicides were committed by migrant laborers.
Based on the latest CPHS data, rural poverty increased by 9.3 percentage points
and urban poverty by over 11.7 percentage year-on-years from December 2019 to
December 2020.

27
  From April to June 2020, India‘s GDP dropped by a massive 24.4%.
 Agricultural production and usage of agro-inputs was impacted due to
unclear restrictions on movements and stoppage of logistics vehicles.
 Aviation Sector and Tourism was hit significantly that stands at about 2.4%
and 9.2% respectively to our GDP.
 Post-pandemic, the number of poor in India is projected to have more than
doubled and the number of people in the middle class to have fallen by a
third (Kochhar, 2021).
 Year-on-year urban unemployment rate jumped from 8.8% in April to June
2019 to a staggering 20.8% in April to June 2020 (Government of India
National Statistical Office, 2020).
 122 million people lost their livelihoods till April 2020
 Around 3.2 crore migrants lost their jobs
 Many teaching and non -teaching staff lost their jobs
 Rapid increase in family violence
 COVID-19 has had a massive impact on health and healthcare; its effects
are variable across sectors.
 According to the UNICEF, 98.5% of the worldwide student population is
affected from the closure of education hubs in around 186 countries.
 The COVID-19 pandemic has greatly affected the small-scale businesses as
compared to the large-scale businesses. Similarly, self-employed persons
were more affected than the salaried persons. It is observed that 43% of
small-scale businesses were shut down by the end of December 2020 (1).

Now, the question arises that can Gandhian ideology help us wade through
quagmire of the moment and prepare for such kind of pandemic pandemonium or
any other like-wise situations in future. The following points can understand the
relevance of the Gandhian philosophy.

Sustainable Development: Swadeshi and Sarvodaya,

Social sustainability is viewed as a process for creating
successful places that promote people's well-being by understanding people's needs
and wants. Somewhere it seems our development model is gone wrong. In this
context, we are compelled to rethink the ideas of development proposed by
Gandhi. His comprehensive vision for society can be related to the sustainable
development approach and the social dynamics prevailing in the society amid the
28
pandemic. As the three pillars of sustainable development-environmental,
economic, and social- are interlinked, Gandhi's ideas and principles of value based
approach and ethical living hold good in sustainable development discourse. His
economic philosophy concentrated on economic development of the villages. He
felt that Indian life is in the villages. He said that any change or improvement must
start in the villages. In Gandhi can be found an integration of life. His ways
concerning different aspects of life can be better considered as a ―way of living.‖
His ―way of living‖ if followed, will definitely have a positive impact on mental
health of an individual; though it can be argued here that many of his ways are not
for the mentally frail. Instead of centralized industries, he suggested decentralized
small industries and instead of techno-centered he suggested people- centered
development. Gandhi argued that the cities are self-depended and capable of taking
care of themselves, but villages are not, therefore, it is the responsibility of those
who stay in cities that they should go to the villages and should disabuse them of
their superstitions, prejudice, and narrow outlook (Gandhi, 1947. 11-12+7)
Development of handful of cities cannot solve our economic problems. He had a
dream of an ideal village. Mass production leads people to leave their villages,
their land, their crafts, and go to work in the factories. When people migrate they
lose not only their identity and roots but become cogs in the machine, living in
crowded towns, and depending on the mercy of the bosses. He wanted everyone to
be self-reliant and to develop life skills. He started his first Ashram in Gujarat with
the spinning wheel in the heart of a state flooded with Textile Mills. He taught all
the inmates the art of spinning yarn as well as the importance of cleanliness and
hygiene. He believed ―Every person should recognize that working with their
hands, and their hearts and their minds – and being interconnected – is the highest
evolution of our species. Working with our hands is not degradation, it‘s our
humanity. This is the ‗radical equality‘ that Gandhi aimed for.‖
―The principle of Swadeshi suggests as a law of nature that the proximate
matter…Gandhi reminds us that understanding and commitment to the local is the
only way to understand the universal.‖ It is, therefore, notable that the current
crisis has seen us zoom in our focus on local life; local food production, home-
based industry and manufacture, neighbourly care
It has also provided the world a lesson about the worthlessness of the rat race and
the fragility of human life. It is certainly true that the pandemic has led the world to
a paradigm shift in the attitude and behaviour of people as never before. Seeing the
miserable plight of migrants whose livelihood came to a complete standstill and
who were deprived of basic human rights the principle of the common good
immediately becomes…a summons to solidarity and a preferential option for the
poorest of our brothers and sisters.
29
Sanitisation and Personal Hygiene: Swachata
Mahatma Gandhi once said, ―The charge had often been made
that the Indian was slovenly in his habits and did not keep his house and
surroundings clean. . . He further added that unless we ―rid ourselves of our dirty
habits and have improved latrines, Swaraj can have no value for us.‖
Cleanliness and sanitation was an integral part of the Gandhian way of living. He
saw a dream of total sanitation for all. He considered cleanliness as an important
aspect for the physical well-being and a healthful environment. Therefore, it is
very essential to learn about hygiene, cleanliness, and sanitation.

In 1896 when Gandhi returned to India to bring his family to

South Africa, plague broke out in Mumbai. Fear of an outbreak in Rajkot led
Gandhi to volunteer his services to a committee to look into the matter. Gandhi‘s
immediate suggestion to improve cleanliness of latrines led to inspections of these
in every street. The poor agreed to the inspections and undertook the suggested
improvements. The untouchable community had no latrines and had to use the
open air instead. But their actual living quarters he found to be clean and well kept,
and in no danger of hosting the plague.(2)The latrines of the rich, observed
Gandhi, were abominably filthy – they resisted inspection as well as the
renovations suggested to improve sanitation. For Gandhi, good sanitation was a
means to gain the respect of and reduce oppression by the white rulers: ‗For
whenever there is an outbreak of epidemics, the executive, as a general rule, get
impatient, take excessive measures and behave to such as may have incurred their
displeasure with a heavy hand.‘(3)

Personal hygiene including spitting on the road, keeping toilets clean, hand
hygiene were some of the teachings of Gandhi ji that he wanted his followers to
inculcate and emulate in their living. He propagated that community health is the
basic foundation for Indian healthcare. Rather his vision and practice laid the
foundation for healthcare in India. The primary health care centers in the villages,
community health centers, District Health hospitals and Medical Colleges formed
the tree of health to cater to the needs of the villager. Gandhi believed that
developing a strong will help balance health.

Despite the Swachh Bharat (Clean India) campaign in place for

the last six years that has the Mahatma‘s iconic spectacles on its logo as his
endorsement, cleanliness of public spaces still requires a good deal of work.
Gandhi‘s workers would sweep and clean all the public areas of the slum or village
upon arrival, while educating the residents how to do so, if needed. They would
also inspect all homes, advise residents about disinfecting common spaces,

30
ensuring good ventilation and the need to wash hands upon returning home from
outside. Getting fresh air and daily exercise would be encouraged. They would tour
the area regularly, returning to each slum and village at least once a month to
encourage the communities, refresh supplies and boost morale.

The COVID-19 outbreak has overly emphasised the

importance of not only hand washing with soap to reduce the spread of the virus
but also the importance and preventive power of water, sanitation and hygiene to
human health and well-being. Good hygiene, including hand washing with clean
water, is the first line of defense against COVID-19 and other viral diseases. The
pandemic is making it evident that investments in the provision of basic water,
sanitation and hygiene services must be a key priority in the coming years.

Simple Living and High Thinking

COVID-19 has turned the world upside down. Everything has been impacted. How
we live and interact with each other, how we work and communicate how we move
around and travel. Every aspect of our lives has been affected. It has taught us that
what matters ultimately is not the wealth but togetherness, interconnectedness and
simple pleasures of life. People when forced to return to their families and spend
time with their loved ones realized that life can be lived with basic needs.
Uncountable deaths taught everyone the fragility of human life and the value of
simplicity in life. Leaving behind the rat race of making money can lead to true
happiness which is very important for healthy mental makeup. Gandhi believed in
psychosomatic medicine. There are specific psychological and personality factors
that make people vulnerable to mental health problems. Multiple social,
psychological, and biological factors determine the level of mental health of a
person at any point of time. Poor mental health is also associated with rapid social
change, stressful work conditions, gender discrimination, social exclusion,
unhealthy lifestyle, physical ill-health and human rights violations. Gandhi ji‘s life
style and his practice of meditation would help deal with stress and maintain health
including mental health. This message was so simple yet so difficult to follow. It
taught every Indian to respect simplicity, Indian tradition and culture, heritage and
the values taught by Indian ancestors.

He motivated his followers to follow simple living and high

thinking and imbibe in themselves physical endurance and courage through fasting.
He recommended it to be a therapeutic intervention. This concept and the practice
would have been very useful in the present pandemic as it needed a strong will
power to control one‘s movement, maintain social distance, possibly weave a
suitable face mask and indulge in self -control. He strongly believed in nature cure.
31
He also advocated vegetarianism. That again can be viewed as a very relevant
point in pandemic pandemonium.
If Gandhian ideals would have prevailed, there would have
been less rural to urban migration and hence, a smaller number of immigrants
would have been stuck in the current lockdown in India. And India would have
definitely tackled the situation in better prepared way.

Selfless Service: Sarve bhavantu sukhinah

“The best way to find yourself is to lose yourself in the service of
others.”
Mahatma Gandhi translated and interpreted the Bhagavad Gita
as "The Gospel of Selfless Service." In it he wrote: ―While acting, remember that
action leads to bondage unless it is performed in a spirit of sacrifice. Sacrifice
means exerting oneself for the benefit of others, in a word, it means service. And
where service is rendered for service's sake, there is no room for attachment likes
and dislikes. And he was driven to a ‗spirit of service‘ as a young man in South
Africa. Gandhi felt political work was not sufficient and ‗longed for some
humanitarian work of a permanent nature‘ (1) He got the opportunity: Gandhi‘s
nursing skills stood him in good stead when he volunteered his services to the
Empire in times of war or served the community in times of disease, while his
passion for cleanliness became one of the pillars of satyagraha (truth force).

At the outbreak of the Boer War 1899-1902, Gandhi assembled

1,100 volunteers who were trained in ambulance work. The Indian Ambulance
Corps (IAC) was called into action when the Boers put up a tough fight.
Although the IAC was kept out of the firing line, and had the protection of the Red
Cross, eventually they were requested to pick up the wounded within the firing
line, sometimes carrying them on stretchers for 25 miles. They served for six
weeks and were lauded in the press, as being ‗Sons of Empire‘.

Once again, in 1906 during the Zulu Rebellion, Gandhi

offered the services of an IAC of 24 strong. Gandhi‘s sympathies were with the
Zulus. He felt it was not rightly labelled a rebellion: a Zulu chief refused to pay
a tax newly levied on his people. So Gandhi was delighted when the IAC was
assigned to tend to the wounded Zulus. Dr Savage, the Medical Officer, was
pleased to have their assistance, as the white nurses refused to tend to the
Zulus.(9) Though the job of the IAC was simply to bring the wounded to the
hospital, the team happily took on the job of nursing the Zulus, whose wounds,

32
inflicted by torture, were festering. (10)[The behaviour of
the IAC impressed even those British commanding officers who had hitherto
opposed Gandhi, and they specially called to thank him.(11)Each member of the
Corps was awarded a medal.

The third occasion was during World War I, when Gandhi

raised another IAC of eighty volunteers in the UK, at the outbreak of the war. This
was a controversial move, as many supporters felt it went against the principle
of ahimsa (non-violence). Though Gandhi prevailed, ultimately he was the only
one of the eighty who was unable to participate due to his ill-health.
This pandemic has provided an opportunity to appreciate
our common vulnerability and better realize the importance of working in concert
to face a disease that poses a significant threat to our country and to civilizations
around the world. A critical ingredient for resisting this pandemic is to recognize
our reliance on one another and to support every person‘s efforts to live
responsibly. We have a unique chance to recognize the important role we play in
our world and think about how we can take care of each other. We must not
squander it. During the corona virus outbreak it has become evident that humans
are not isolated beings and need selfless love and service to achieve any task.

Truth and Non Violence: Satyagraha and Ahimsa

―Fearlessness is the first requisite of spirituality Gandhi who seems prophetic. In
his own words, ―I am not interested in freeing India merely from the English yoke.
I am bent upon freeing India from any yoke whatsoever.‖
Today, when there has been deep erosion of moral values in our public life as well
as our private life and when ethical principles have virtually disappeared from
politics, Gandhian values appear to be as an effective alternative. Ahimsa mean
only non violence in all terms be it physical, emotional or mental. Not inflicting
violence on the mother earth and nature also is one of the key aspects of
compassion and non-violence. Protection of natural habitats and biodiversity is
also one important lessons that we must learn for our own survival on this planet.

Leadership: Swaraj
According to Gandhi ―The word Swaraj is a sacred word, a
Vedic word, meaning self-rule and self-restraint, and not freedom from all restraint
which 'independence' often means. He further says: ―By Swaraj I mean the
government of India by the consent of the people as ascertained by the largest
number of the adult population, male or female, native born or domiciled, who
have contributed by manual labour to the service of the State and who have taken

33
the trouble of having registered their names as voters....Real Swaraj will come not
by the acquisition of authority by a few but by the acquisition of the capacity by all
to resist authority when it is abused. In other words, Swaraj is to be obtained by
education the masses to a sense of their capacity to regulate and control
authority.(Young India, 29-1-'25)
Gandhi believed in providing not only political but also moral leadership to the
country, something which is missing in today‘s World. His image and his
principles even today represent the ordinary citizen of the world invoking the
leaders of the nation to sit and introspect the relevance of Gandhi ji and his
principles in the changing social context of life during COVID -19 pandemic. He
said ―To me political power is not an end but one of the means of enabling people
to better their condition in every department of life. Political power means capacity
to regulate national life through national representatives. If national life becomes
so perfect as to become self-regulated, no representation becomes necessary, there
is then a state of enlightened anarchy. In such a State everyone is his own ruler. He
rules himself in such a manner that is never a hindrance to his neighbour. In the
ideal State, therefore, there is no political power because there is no State. But the
ideal is never fully realized in life. Hence the classical statement of Thoreau that
government is best which governs the least(Young India, 2-7-'31)In the present
situation of global crisis, where injustices abound and growing numbers of people
are deprived of basic human rights and considered expendable, the principle of the
common good immediately becomes a preferential option for all.

Conclusion and Suggestions

It is time for us to collectively revisit Gandhi‘s notion of economy, society,
sanitization, people, and how we manage our resources. Modern ways of irrational
economic development have to be reexamined and changed. Mutually destructive
relationship with the planetary ecology has to change. Insensitive governance
institutions, especially those tasked with global governance, have to change.
Our choice of decisions will determine our future. The
acceleration towards westernization which is equated with modernization and
development is mind boggling and embodies an explosive potential. It might lead
to over-reliance on technology result in eventual subordination to the machine. We
need to be watchful and cautious in this journey ahead. Gandhi said that the
modern understanding of civilization is measured with scientific or technological
advancement. However, his understanding of civilization was different than his
contemporary, traditional thinking about civilization. Gandhi considered such
thinking about civilization as a self destroyed for the human being (Gandhi, 1938.
30-31)

34
Gandhi had clearly foreseen the unsustainability of Western patterns of
production, marketing and consumption, and had warned India about the
danger inherent in imitating them. It is time that we reengage with Gandhi‟s
Sarvodaya Nature is sending strong signals and we cannot afford to go back to
the old ways of conducting its affairs .We need to mend our wats and like
Gandhi find faith in ancient Indian culture. Probably, the current challenges
related to human survival can find best solutions with Gandhian principles of life.

References

1. Bartik, A.W.; Bertrand, M.; Cullen, Z.; Glaeser, E.L.; Luca, M.;
Stanton, C. The impact of COVID-19 on small business outcomes and
expectations. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 2020, 117, 17656–17666.
[CrossRef]
2. Gandhi, M. K. (1947). Indian of My Dreams. (compiled by Prabhu,
R. K.). Ahmedabad: Navajivan Mudranalaya.
3. Gandhi, M. K.(nd). Village Industries. Ahmedabad: Navajivan
Publishing House.
4. Gandhi, M. K. (1962). Village Swaraj. (Compiled by H. M.Vyas).
Ahmedabad: Navajivan Publishing House.
5. Gandhi, M.K. (1938). Hind Swaraj. Ahmedabad: Navajivan
Publication.
6. Ajaz Ashraf. Gandhi Jayanti: As nation prepares to mark 150 years of
the Mahatma, let's not forget his darkest hour. Wednesday, July 31,
2019.
7. Gandhi M. Ahmedabad: Navajivan Publishing House; 1948. Key to
Health. Translated by, Sushila Nayyar. [Google Scholar]
8. The collected works of Mahatma Gandhi. Publication division,
ministry of information and broadcasting, Govt. Of India. 1958-94;
reissued digitally in 2015; xxxvi: 437.
9. Boschmann M. Fasting therapy- Old and new perspectives.
ForschKomplementmed. 2013; 20:410-11.[1]
10.M.K. Gandhi, Trans, Mahadev Desai, An Autobiography: The Story of
My Experiments with Truth (Ahmadabad, Navjivan Publishing House,
reprint 1976), p. 151.Ibid. p. 151.

35
11.Ibid. p. India of My Dreams. Compiled by Prabhu, R.K., Ahmedabad:
Navjivan Publishing House. Jana, J. (2020, April 17).
12.Covid cleanliness and Gandhi. The Statesmen. Retrieved from
https://www.thestatesman.com/opinion/covid-cleanliness-gandhi-
1502878279.html/amp Mehta & Borah. (2020, October 02). The
relevance of Mahatma Gandhi in year 2020. The Daily Guardian.
Retrieved from: https://thedailyguardian.com/the-relevance-of-
mahatma-gandhi-in-year-2020/ Modi, N. (2020, October 19).
13.Why India and the World need Gandhi. The New york Times.
Retrieved from:
from:https://www.nytimes.com/2019/10/02/opinion/modi-mahatma-
gandhi.html Parekh, B. (1989):
14.Dörr, J.; Licht, G.; Murmann, S. Small firms and the COVID-19
insolvency gap. Small Bus. Econ. 2021. [Cross Ref]

36
 Challenges to Indian Democracy

Pooja Vasudeva
Assistant Professor (English)
M.A, MPhil (English), UGC NET (Thrice)
GGDSD College Rajpur, Palampur (H.P) 176061

Abstract
Democracy is an ideal form of government. India is the biggest
democratic nation. Here the democratic form of government was set up on
26January, 1950. Democracy means that political institutions with democratic
processes and every Indian citizen is to be democratic, reflecting basic democratic
values of equality, liberty, fraternity, secularism and justice in the social
environment and individual behaviour . In the last 7 decades it has worked
successfully well to some extent. But in modern India it has to face many
challenges that need to be tackled in order to ensure true democracy. In this time it
has achieved some remarkable successes but also failed in significant ways. While
economic growth has been rapid over recent decades. These challenges may
include: social and economic inequalities, poverty and unemployment, illiteracy
and ignorance, casteism, communalism, population explosion, regionalism,
corruption and terrorism etc. India needs to develop new proposals to reform
democracy. Owing to the diverse geographical, social and cultural concerns, India
has nurtured the growth of the multi-party system. Over a period of time, national
and regional political parties became the vital constituents of the world‘s largest
democracy. In this chapter, I have attempted to study and analyze the existing
democratic setup in India and suggest necessary reforms in order to ensure a
sustainable democracy in India.
Keywords: Democracy, Communalism, Corruption, Unemployment, Secularism,
Issues and Challenges.

37
Introduction
We are proud to be the largest democracy in the world.. It is
democratic because elections take place at regular intervals at different levels. It is
almost over seven decades that elected governments of people‘s representative
have strengthened our democracy at the center, state and local levels.
For more than seventy years we have witnessed the conduct of successful
elections, peaceful changes of government at Center and in the States, people
exercising freedom of expression, movement and religion. India has also been
developing and transforming economically and socially.
Therefore, democracy is not merely a form of government. It is closely associated
with participation, competition and civil and political liberties. It is order of
society.
Democratic values are found to be very weak even in those
nations where democracy appears to be deep-rooted. In nations like India,
democracy appears in the form of voting, elections, governmental structure,
judiciary etc. However this is only a political form of democracy. To become a
way of life democracy must be practiced in each and every aspect of social life.
Several measures such as inclusion of all social components, autonomy to social
institutions, empowerment of citizens, protection of human values need to be
adopted for real cultivation of democracy.

Meaning of Democracy
Democracy refers to a political system in which government is
form by the people, exercised either directly or through elected representative.
Long back, former President of the United States of America, Abraham Lincoln
said, ―Democracy is a government of the people, for the people and by the people.‖
The word ‗Democracy‘ comes from the Greek word ‘democratic’ which means
―rule of the people‖.

It was coined from two words:

Demos that means ―people‖
Kratos which refers to ―power or rule‖

That is, in a democracy the power rests with the people. This meaning is based on
the experiences of the governments that existed in some of the Greek city-states,
notably Athens. And, today also, democracy is defined as a form of government in
which the supreme power is vested in the people and exercised by them directly or

38
indirectly through a system of representation usually involving periodic free
elections. In a simple words Democracy is a form of government which is run by
elected representatives.
Democracy is just not limited to political democracy. It means more than a mere
form of government. In its comprehensive form, democracy means, or ought to
mean:-

(i) A form of government

(ii) A type of state,
(iii) A pattern of social system,
(iv) A design of economic order, and
(v) A way of life and culture.
Therefore, when we say that India is a democracy, we mean not only that its
political institutions and processes are democratic but also that the Indian society
and every Indian citizen is democratic, reflecting basic democratic values of
equality, liberty, fraternity, secularism and justice in the social environment and
individual behaviour.

Essential Conditions for Democracy

A system can be termed as a genuine and comprehensive democracy only when it
fulfills both political and socio-economic aspects of people‘s participation and
satisfaction.

There may be two major categories:-

(a) Political Conditions (b) Social and economical conditions
The fulfillment of the first leads to political democracy and the second as social
democracy.

Political Conditions: Social and Economic conditions:

(a)Supreme power in the hands of people
(b) Provision of Fundamental Rights
(c)Provision of Universal Adult Franchise
(d)Free Press and Media
(e) Active Political Participation.
(a) Equality before the law
(b) Equality of opportunities
(c) Social security
(d) Provision of education for all

39
Obviously, the first and the foremost are political conditions of democracy. It is
essential that for a system to be democratic, we must adopt a Constitution and laws
that vest supreme power in the people. The human rights and fundamental rights,
such as equality, liberty of thought and expression, belief, communication and
association must be protected by the constitution. The democratic system has to
have universal adult franchise as the basis of electing representatives at various
levels of the government. There has to be a responsible government in which the
executive is answerable to the legislature, the legislature to the people and the
judiciary to remain independent. Political institution like political parties and
interest and pressure groups (association, various non-governmental organizations)
must be functional for expressing popular needs, demands and grievances. A
democratic system is strengthened if it maintains an enlightened public opinion in
its various forms through free press and other communication processes. Thus
political democracy is one which incorporates all the above political traits.
A democratic system has to ensure that the social
development is in tune with democratic values and norms reflecting equality of
social status and opportunities for development, social security and social welfare.
Citizens must avail opportunities of universal and compulsory education. They
must also be enabled to utilized means of economic development. The fruits of
economic development must reach all and especially to the poor and the deprived
sections of the society. Socio-economic development of the people strengths social
democracy.

Role of People in a Democracy

Our intelligentsia points to ignorant illiterate populace as the
basic cause of our degeneration and related problems. We, Indians, with our
illiterate masses, aren‘t matured for democracy. We elect the wrong persons as our
representatives because of the lack of literacy and awareness. Many of them are
trying to enhance awareness of the masses on the fronts they think is necessary to
regenerate India. So literacy or academic qualification is not the scale of integrity.
Education can polish one‘s talents, give more knowledge about the world, but
wouldn‘t change his in it traits. In the state of Chhattisgarh, which is the epicenter
of the war, sovereignty is contested over large parts of terrain. There are three main
perspectives on the Maoist issue.

(a) The first, which is the security perspective, equates the Maoists with
terrorists. India‘s home ministry has put out half-page advertisements in all
the national newspapers, proclaiming alongside photos of corpses that Naxal

40
 are nothing but cold-blooded murderers. This perspective is blind to the
history, ideology and actual practices of the Maoists.

(b) The second, which is the dominant liberal perspective, epitomized by an

expert group constituted by the Indian government‘s Planning Commission,
might be labeled the root cause perspective. According to this view, poverty
and lack of development (here meaning employment) are to blame for
pushing people to support the Maoists. Maoist cadres are from Adivasi or
Dalit communities, middle peasants and upper castes play a significant role,
especially in leadership positions.

(c) The third, which is revolutionary perspective held by the Maoists themselves
and their sympathizers, portrays the movement as a product of structural
violence. While they describe people as forced into resistance and armed
struggle, there is equally an emphasis on active agency and sacrifice,
contrary to the root causes perspective that sees people as mainly passive
victims.

Democracy can be successful and vibrant only when citizens

imbibe and reflect basic values like equality, freedom, secularism, social
justice, accountability and respect for all. In a Democracy, every citizen is
responsible for how to do the governments function at different levels. Hence
every citizen has a critical role to play. Major opportunities available are as
follows:-
 Participation in public life, mainly through exercising the right to
vote during elections.

 It is the citizen who can make the democratic system responsive,

responsible and accountable. The Right to Information Act, 2005, has
empowered the citizens to become informed about public issues and
express their own opinions and interests.

 Every citizen has certain rights to do certain things. Every citizen has
the responsibility to ensure that his/her actions do not infringe upon
the rights of others.

41
Challenges to Indian Democracy
Since independence India has been functioning as a responsible
democracy. The same has been appreciated by international community. It has
successfully adapted to the challenging situations. There have been free and fair
periodic elections for all political offices from the Panchyats to the President.
There has been smooth transfer of political power from one political party or set of
political parties to others, both at national and state levels on many occasions.
The legislative, executive and judicial organs have been functioning properly.
The parliament and the state legislatures control the Executives
effectively through the means like question hours etc. More importantly, some
significant enactments like Right to Information (RTI) Act 2005, Right to
Education 2009 and other welfare means have empowered the people. The mass
media including print and electronic, have full autonomy and play a key role in
formulating and influencing public opinion. Significant social change has taken
place in almost all walks of life and the nation is moving ahead on course of socio-
economic development.
Democracy can be termed as a genuine democracy only when
it fulfils both political and socio-economic aspects of people‘s participation and
satisfaction. For this reason, it needs to adopt a constitution and laws that vest
supreme power with the people.

The following are the challenges of democracy and most essential

elements to be present in democratic government for
implementation of constitutional provisions in India:-

42
 India's Population Poverty Corruption

Illiteracy Gender discrimination

Casteism,Communalism
Criminalization of
, Religious Regionalism
Politics
Fundamentalism

Political Violence Terrorism Strong and healthy

opposition

Centre-State
Relations

India‟s Population
As of 1st January 2020, India‘s has about 1,387,297,457
populations. In spite of various family planning measures, India has failed to
control the population growth. Over population is a big challenge for democracy in
India.

Poverty
It is generally said that for a hungry person right to vote does not
have any meaning. For him/her the first requirement is food. Therefore, poverty is

43
considered as the greatest ban of democracy. It is, in fact, the root cause of all
kinds of deprivations and inequalities. It is the state of denial of opportunities to
people to lead a healthy life. Of course, India inherited poverty from the long
exploitative British colonial rule, but it continues to be one of the gravest problems
today. Even now a considerable proportion of India population lives below poverty
line, called „BPL‟. The poverty line means an income level below which human
beings cannot provide for their basic necessities of food, much less for clothes
and shelter.
The growing population is regarded as a reason for poverty,
though population is considered as the greatest resource in the country. Poverty is
attributed to unemployment in rural as well as urban areas. Furthermore, the
process of economic development has been failed to ensure social justice and to
bridge the gap between rich and poor. Because of all this, poverty continues to
remain a great challenge to Indian Democracy.

Corruption
Corruption in public life has been a major concern in India. In
2011, India was ranked 95Th of 183 corrupt countries of the world. Here Corruption
is in every sphere, and in spite of various steps taken by the government, its root
has become too deep here. Right to information Act of 2005, has tried to unearthed
corruption at various levels, still it has imbedded so much in our system, that it is
one of the gravest challenge to Indian Democracy.

Illiteracy
Illiteracy among people was a matter of grave concern for the
successful functioning of democracy in India on the eve of Independence and it
still continues to be a major challenge. The level of education of citizens is a key to
both the successful functioning of democracy and socio-economic development of
the country. And perhaps, more importantly, it is an essential condition for human
dignity. But the state of formal literacy was almost dismal when India achieved
independence. The literacy rate in 1951 was mere 18.33 percent and female
literacy was negligible with 8.9 percent. Therefore, it was, feared by many that the
citizens would not be able to play their roles effectively and exercise their right to
vote meaningfully which is an individual‘s expression of the power of the people.
Literacy is necessary not simply for enabling for citizens to participate in elections
and exercise their right to vote effectively, it has other important implications as
well. Literacy enables citizens to be aware of various issues, problems, demands,
and interests in the country. It also makes them conscious of the principles of

44
liberty and equality of all and ensures that the representatives elected by them truly
represent all the interests in the society.

Therefore, Universal Literacy is a must for the successful

functioning of Indian democracy. Although according to 2011 Census, the literacy
rate has risen to 74.04%, the female literacy rate is still lagging at 65.46%. This
means that over one-fourth of the country‘s population is still illiterate while
among women nearly one out of three is not literate. If the children have access to
basic education, the problem of illiteracy can be checked. Recently, The Right to
Education is provided as a fundamental right. We hope that this will help the cause
of educating the children universally.

Gender Discrimination
Discrimination against girls and women exists in every walk of
life. You must have had such experiences of prevailing gender inequality in our
society. But we know that gender equality is one of the basic principles of
democracy. The Constitution of India enjoins upon the state to ensure that men and
women are treated as equals and there is no discrimination against women.
Fundamental Rights and Fundamental Duties as well as the directive principles of
state policy make these intensions very clear. But the discrimination against
females continues to be a fact of life. It is clearly reflected in the sex ratio, child
sex ratio and maternal mortality rate. The number of females in comparison to
males has been declining ever since 1901. In 1901, the sex ratio was 972 females
per 1000 males. According to 2011 Census it is 940 females per 1000 males which
is still very unfavourable to females. By using technology, people are forcing
mothers to get the fetus of a female child aborted. The infant mortality rate among
girl children is high, as compare to that among boy children. Thus, discrimination
against women and girls is seen in every walk of life in India, which is against the
principle of democracy.

Casteism, Communalism, Religious Fundamentalism

(a) Casteism: Casteism has been contributing towards continuation of socio-
economic inequalities. It is true that India has been an unequal society from
times immemorial. The Scheduled Caste (SCs), the Scheduled Tribes (STs)
and the backward classes have suffered down the ages from socio-economic

45
 deprivations. There are enormous inequalities in our society which are
posing serious challenge to Indian democracy.

What is more alarming is the mixing of caste and politics

resulting into ‗politicization of caste‘ and ‗casteization of politics‘ in
contemporary Indian polity which has become a grave challenge to our
democracy?

(b) Communalism: Communalism and religious fundamentalism have

acquired a very dangerous form and alarming proportion in India. They
disrupt the pattern of co-existence in our multi-religious society.
Communalism is an affront to India‘s nationalist identity and a tragic
setback to its evolving secular culture. It is subversive of our democratic
political stability and destroyer of our glorious heritage of humanism and
composite culture. Quite often, Communalism is wrongly used as a synonym
for religion or conservatism. Adherence to a religion or attachment to a
religious community is not Communalism.

Although conservatism represents social backwardness, it

does not mean Communalism either. As a matter of fact, communalism is an
ideology of political allegiance to a religious community. It uses one
religious community against other communities and perceives other
religious communities as its enemies. It is opposed to secularism and even
humanism.
Thus, Indian Democracy is still facing the problems
created by Casteism and Communalism. Politician use the both as an
instrument to get votes. Both of these are threat to the unity and peace.

(c) Religious Fundamentalism: Religious fundamentalism also reinforces

communalists in exploiting both religion and politics. In fact,
fundamentalism acts as an ideology which advocates a return to orthodox
and a strict compliance to the fundamental tenets of religion. Religious
fundamentalists vehemently oppose progressive reform in order to establish
their exclusive control on their respective communities.

46
Regionalism
Indian democracy has also been struggling with regionalism
which is primarily an outcome of religion disparities and imbalances in
development. We all know India is a plural country with diversities of religions,
language, communities, tribes and cultures. A number of cultural and linguistic
groups are concentrated in certain territorial segments. Although development
process in the country aims at growth and development of all regions, the regional
disparities and imbalances in terms of differences n per capita income, literacy
rates, state of health and educational infrastructure and services, population
situation and levels of industrial and agricultural development continue to exist.
Existence and continuation of regional inequalities both among states and within a
state create a feeling of neglect, deprivation and discrimination. This situation has
led to regionalism manifested in demands for creation of new states, autonomy or
more powers to States or even secession from the country.

Thus, imbalance in development and feeling of neglect by the

citizens of a particular region leads to regionalism which again is a threat to unity
and peace.

Criminalization of Politics
In recent years, politicians indulge in violence and take refuge in
other unhealthy, undemocratic methods to win elections. Undoubtedly, this is not a
healthy trend in politics and there is an urgent need to apply serious check on such
tendencies. It is very negation of democratic values and has no place in a
democratic setup. Democracy can be strengthened by adopting and promoting
democratic values and shunning criminal activities. Recently, the judiciary, while
taking a serious note of criminal tendencies in politics, has showed signs of
adopting remedial measures to apply a serious check on such elements. The central
government and many state governments have been taking steps to address this
issue effectively. This is a matter of great satisfaction and a healthy sign for the
successful functioning of democracy in our country. We, as awakened citizens and
as voters of the largest democracy in the world, can also contribute by
discouraging such persons who have a criminal background, from contesting
elections.

Political Violence
Violence fractures social relations, disrupts the economy, and
harms, political institution. In India we have been witnessing various forms of
violence. Communal violence, caste violence and political violence in general have

47
attained serious proportion. Communal riots are engineered by vested interests for
political, religious and economic reasons. Caste violence in various shapes has
been increasing. During elections, violence is being adopted either to mobilize
voters or to prevent them from exercising their right to vote. Moreover, violence
has been associated with demands for separate states, reorganization of states or
adjustment of state boundaries. Violence has also been used quite frequently
during industrial strikes, farmers‘ movements and students‘agitation. In recent
years, religion based politics and communal tensions, caste a shadow on the spirit
of democracy.

Terrorism
India has been a great sufferer of terrorism in recent years. Not
only Jammu and Kashmir who has continuously suffered because of cross border
firing from Pakistan, many states have been targets of terrorist activities like
Punjab, Maharashtra, Gujrat and many more. Besides terrorism by Pakistan, India
also suffers from Naxal activities in states like, Andhra Pradesh, Jharkhand,
Chhattisgarh, Bengal, Odisha and Bihar. All this impedes the progress of
democracy here.

Strong and healthy opposition

The presence of a healthy opposition offers a practical alternative
to the party or person in power. In recent years, there has been a lack of healthy
opposition, in both the centre as well as state level, which is very important for a
democratic setup.

Centre-state relations
There should be cordial relations between centre and states, as
then only the various schemes of the government can be implemented. In recent
years it has been seen, that whichever party is at the helm of the power at centre,
the benefits are reaped more by the states who belong to the same ruling party. The
main looser in the dispute between centre and state is the citizens.

India is one of the largest democracy of the world, but these

challenges and many more, put hurdles in its smooth functioning. Even after so
many years of independence, there is still illiteracy; corruption is rampant in every
sector. The politicians too play caste or religion card to win elections. People need
to be aware of their rights and duties, which have been guaranteed by the

48
constitution. They should be guided to choose their true representatives. Like the
fundamental rights, the need of the hour is to make the Directive Principle‘s
justifiable. Our elected representatives need to be role model, above caste, creed or
religion. It is due to the politicians that many a times our faith in democracy is
shaken up.

Corrective Measures
It is clear that democracy in India faces certain serious
challenges. These are causes of serious concern to all. In fact, the leadership of the
freedom movement and especially the framers of the Indian constitution
themselves were very much aware of these issues. They made a number of
constitutional provisions to address the same. Since independence governments
have taken various measures to respond to many of these challenges. There have
been significant improvements in some of these. However, lots still have to be
done.

Certain significant corrective measures that have been

adopted and can be initiated are as follows:-
Universal Literacy „Education for All‟
The necessity of education for efficient functioning of democracy
was appreciated by the framers of the Indian constitution. This is why, free and
compulsory education to all children up to the fourteen years of age continued to
remain constitutional commitment in India. Various governments at national and
state levels have been making efforts to attain this goal.

As a follow up of the „National Policy on Education‟ 1986, a

National Literacy Mission was set up in 1988 to plan and implement programmes
for the removal of illiteracy under the platform, Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan. But the
goal of universal literacy is yet to be attained. The Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan is a
flagship programme for universalization of elementary education for children
between 6-14 years of age. Further, the Parliament of India in 2009 passed the
Right to Education Act through which education has become a fundamental right
for all children of age group 6-14 years.

Poverty Alleviation
From the 1970s, a number of programmes have been
implemented for alleviation of poverty in India.

49
 These programmes fall into two broad categories:-

(i) There are programmes to lift beneficiaries above poverty line by providing
them with productive assets or skills or both, so that they can employ
themselves usefully and earn greater income.

(ii) Programmes are also being implemented to provide temporary wage

employment for the poor and the landless.

The Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act

(MNREGA) is being implemented to enhance the livelihood security of people
in rural areas by guaranteeing hundred days of wage-employment in a financial
year to a rural household whose adult members volunteer to do unskilled manual
work.

Elimination of Gender Discrimination

It is now being recognized that the goals of democracy ―of the
people, for the people and by the people‖ cannot be fully realized if the female
population are not included in all ways in the process of socio-economic and
political development. That is why, besides constitutional provisions, several laws
have been enacted, policies have been made and implemented, and institutional
reforms have been carried out for the development of women.

The 73rd and 74th Amendments of Indian Constitution in 1993 are

the milestones in the process of empowerment of women. These amendments have
reserved one-third of the seats in the Panchayati Raj Institution, Municipalities and
Municipal Corporations.

Removal of Regional imbalance

Redressing regional imbalances have indeed been a vital
objective of the planning process in India. Efforts are on to reduce regional
disparities. Besides, the state-specific efforts for reducing intra-state regional
disparities, a number of centrally sponsored programmes have been in operation
for the last two or three decades for taking care of specific aspects of backwardness
of such reasons.

Sustainable Development (Economic, Social, Environmental)

Indian democracy can adequately respond to all the challenges
when it moves forward on the path of sustainable development. Sustainable
Development is a pattern of using resources that aims to meet human needs while
50
preserving the environment so that these needs can be met not only in the present ,
but also future generations to come. A model of development without taking into
account the basic needs of millions, today as well as in the future, cannot be
conducive for the survival of democracy.

Development has to be human-centered and directed towards

improvement of quality of life of all the people. It has to be focused on removal of
poverty, ignorance, discrimination, disease and employment. Thus development
process has to aim at sustained economic, social, and environmental development.

Conclusion
In the end, it is to be concluded that the challenges before
democracy is a never ending debate, the more one writes or speaks the lesser it will
be. So, what is most important is that we should change our attitudes and mind-
set.People need to be aware of their rights and duties, which have been guaranteed
by the constitution. They should be guided to choose their true representatives.
Like the fundamental rights, the need of the hour is to make the Directive
Principle‘s justifiable. Our elected representatives need to be role model, above
caste, creed or religion. It is due to the politicians that many a times our faith in
democracy is shaken up. We have surely made some progress in the last 50 years.
But our achievements, be it in agriculture, industry, technology, arts, sports,
diplomacy or any other field, are far below our potentials when compared with
other nations with much potentials, who had been at par or behind us in 1950s and
1960s. We became a nation of under achievers, under performers and hypocrites.
We are sending our sons and daughters abroad begging for jobs submitting
ourselves to slavery. Government is begging for help in the form of monetary,
technical, diplomatic support from other nations, international organizations and
multinationals and from individuals even.Socio-economic development of the
people strengths social democracy.We need to achieve social and economic
democracywith political democracy. It is a great challenge to Indian democracy.
Right to Education Act and Right to Information Act are more explicit in nature,
but not sufficient. Actual participation from government and public is required for
smooth functioning of democracy.

References:-
1) Andersen, Margaret; Taylor, Howard ―Sociology:Understanding a
Diverse Society‖, 4th edition (2008),Thompson Learning Inc.

51
2) Arch Puddington (Vice President for Research),: India‗s Democracy
Challenge, and Modi‘s May 20, 2014
https://freedomhouse.org/blog/indias-democracy-challengeand-modis.

3) Banerjee, Mukulika, ―India: the next superpower?Democracy‖, London

(2012), London School of Economics andPolitical Science.

4) Engineer, Asghar Ali, ―Contemporary Challenges to Secularism and

Democracy- A Religious Response‖, April 1- 15, 2005,
http://www.rightlivelihood.org/fileadmin/Files/PDF/Literature_Recipient
s/Engineer, Agnivesh/Engineer-Contemporary_challenges.pdf

5) Goonesekere, Savitri (2004), Violence, Law and Women's Rights in

South Asia, SAGE Publications India.

6) J. Huysmans, ―Security! What do you mean? From Concept to Thick

Signifier‖, European Journal of International Relations,1998, 4(2).

7) Kohali, Atul, ―The State and Poverty in India: The Politics of Reform.
Cambridge‖, Cambridge University Press, 1987.

8) Md. Manzurul Karim, ―The political System of India: An Example of a

Sustainable Democracy. International Journal of Humanities and Social
Science Invention‖ ISSN (Online): 2319– 7722, ISSN (Print): 2319 –
7714 www.ijhssi.orgVolume2Issue 1 January. 2013.

9) Madhavan,Narayanan,―India‗s Band of Billionaires Biggest inAsia‖,

Hindustan Times, 10 March2007
http://www.hindustantimes.com/India-s-band-ofbillionaires-is-the-
biggest-in-Asia/Article1-209306.Aspx.

10) Rao, Ashwini (2010), Democracy and Human Right, Delhi:Pacific

Publication.

11) Sharma, Mahendra Singh, ―Indian Democrat andConstitution‖,(

2010), New Delhi: DPS Publishing House.Sharma, Sewak Ram, ―Role of
Media in Indian Democracy‖,(2010), New Delhi: DPS Publishing House.

52
12) Varadarajan, Samayal,―A-Z Government and Politics‖, (2009),New
Delhi: Centrum Press.

13) Changes to Democracy.(2022,January 2)

https://ncert.nic.in

14) Challenges to Indian Democracy. (2022,January 2)

https://www.rncollegehagipur.in

15) Changes faced by Indian Democracy. (2022,January 3)

https://www.insightsonindia.com

16) Challenges facing India‘s Democracy. (2022,January 4)

https://www.europarl.europa.eu

17) Challenges to Indian Democracy. (2022,January 5)

https://nios.ac.in

18) Challenges to Indian Democracy. (2022,January 5)

https://www.nios.ac.in

19) Problems and Prospects of Indian Democracy.(2022,January 5)

https://www.researchget.net

20) The New Challenges of Indian Democracy: Role of Political

Parties.(2022,January 5)
http://ijrar.com

53
 The Power of Judicial Review

Pawan Kumar Sharma

BA (Hons), LLB, MA, LLM,
PGD in Legal & Forensic Science,
Advocate, Sub Divisional Courts,
Ghumarwin, Distt Bilaspur H.P. (India)

Abstract
In independent India the separation of Powers has emerged an
important strategy to redress the grievances of all especially the common people
who need it the most. It appeared in the judicial sense when the rigid concept of
locus stands proved to be a major hurdle in achieving the great ideals of the socio-
economic and Political justice.
In India, traditional rule has been only that a person can bring an
action who has sustained or is in danger of sustaining some direct injury or whose
legal or constitutional rights have been infringed. However, there are certain
exceptions to this traditional rule. As and when the legislature and executive fails
and lose the faith of the Public the Role of Judiciary comes into play. The judiciary
in India has been given more Powers and in that event only the Judiciary is
competent and capable to remove injustice.
The judiciary in India has played a major role in order to achieve
the goals of Indian constitution and to bring a social change. The inherent powers
of Judiciary has been invoked on time to time in order to ensure the rule of law, to
protect fundamental rights and other legal rights enshrined in our constitution. It
has been contemplated in Article 13 as―all laws in force in the territory of India
immediately before the commencement of this constitution, in so far as they are
inconsistent with the provisions of this part, shall to the extent of such
inconsistency, be void‖. It means the pre constitution laws and Post constitution
laws, in derogation or inconsistent with the Part 3rd of the constitution are void up
to the extent of inconsistency. The power of Judicial Review is a basic feature of
the constitution as declared by the supreme court of India.
54
Keywords: Judicial Review, Constitution of India, Fundamental Rights,
Supreme Court of India, Basic feature.

Introduction - Meaning, Origin and Importance of Concept of

Judicial Review.

Introduction
Judiciary is an important organ of the Government. The existence
of the Judiciary is found in every form of Government. The form of Government
may be different in each and every state i.e. Democratic or Non-Democratic,
Presidential or Parliamentary, Federal or Unitary. But the Judiciary is found
necessarily in every form of the Government. As per Lord Bryce, "There is no
batter test of the excellence of a government then the efficiency of its Judicial
system.”1
Supreme Court is the Supreme Union Judiciary in India. Supreme
Court is the court of the national level. The United States of America has another
court in addition to Supreme Court of America, but in India there is single
integrated judicial system.
The Supreme court of India has unlimited Powers in every matter
like as the interpretation of the constitution and other Laws in force to secure
fundamental Rights of citizen. Appeals of all type of civil and criminal cases can
be heard and finally decided by the Supreme Court. As per Mr. M.V. Pyle, "The
combination of such wide and varied powers in the supreme court of India
makes it not only the supreme authority in the Judicial field but also the
guardian of the constitution and the law of the land"2.
The constitutional development can be based upon the
pronouncement made by the Supreme Court. As per Sir Aladi Krishana Swami
Aiyar, "The future evolution of the constitution will thus depend to a large
extent upon the work of the supreme court and the direction given to it by the
court.3.Thus the judiciary plays a Major Role in social change The Judiciary
deliver the justice and declare the law.
The Judiciary in India has a power to examine every order of Executive and every
law enacted by the legislature. The Power by which the Judiciary declare any law
unconstitutional and void is called the Power of Judicial Review.

55
i) Meaning of Judicial review :-
Judicial Review means the power of judiciary to examine every
order of executive and every law enacted by the legislature in the light of
provisions of the constitution, as to whether the said order of executive or the law
made by the legislature is constitutional or not. If any order or law found to be
inconsistent of the provisions of the constitution then it can be declared
unconstitutional and void by the judiciary.

By Judicial Review, therefore we means the authority belonging

to courts to declare Acts of the legislature of no effect, when, in the opinion of
judges, such acts are inconsistent with the requirements of the constitution. It
includes also the authority to nullify executive acts purporting to be authorized by
such legislation. Since Marshall's time the Supreme Court of America has
emphasised repeatedly that it is not concerned with the policy wisdom of
expediency of legislation but only with its constitutionality. In its own words, it
"neither approves nor condemns any legislative policy. Its delicate and difficult
office is to ascertain and declare whether legislation is in accordance with, or in
contravention of the provisions of the constitution, and having done that, its duty
ends." Generally however, "the prestige of the doctrine is so great that a
pronouncement of the courts is accepted as final even when the act declared
unconstitutional is a popular one." As Bryce expressed it, the Supreme Court is
"the living voice of the constitution," and, as such, the country obeys, both by
inclination and habit.
The Supreme Court of America is the most Powerful Judicial
Agency in the world. Alexis de Tocqueville, writing in 1848, observed, "If I were
asked where I placed the American aristocracy, I should reply without hesitation
that it occupies the judicial bench and bar scarcely any political question arises in
the United states that is not resolved sooner or later into a judicial question."
Exactly a century later Professor Harold Laski wrote," The respect in which the
federal courts and, above all, the Supreme Court are held is hardly surpassed by the
influence they exert on the life of the United States‖4.
When a court declares a legislative Act unconstitutional, it means
that it cannot be enforced as its inconsistency with the constitution deprives it of
the character of law.5

ii) Origin of Concept of Judicial Review:-

In India there is no specific provision in the Indian Constitution
to adopt the concept of Judicial Review, but the constitution maker had adopted so

56
many provisions of constitutions of other states like as United States of America,
Great Britain, U.S.S.R., France, Switzerland, foreland, Canada, South Africa,
Germany and Australia Indian constitution is a unique constitution dram from
many sources. The concept of Judicial Review has been developed by Indian
Judiciary at its own by following the various provisions of constitution of India
which enable the Judiciary to look into the validity of every Act of legislature,
Custom, Rule, and Precedent having force of Law in India. This Principle was
initially developed in United States of America, there is no direct authority in the
constitution which empowers the supreme court to declare the constitutionality of
otherwise of state or federal Acts in America. President Jefferson had
unequivocally declare that "Design of the fathers" was to establish three
independent department of Government and to give the Judiciary they right to
review the acts of Congress and the President was not only the violation of the
doctrines of the separation of powers and limited government, but it was also in
violation of the intentions of the makers of the constitution.
There are others who consider that judicial review, as obtainable
in the United States, is inherent in the nature of a written constitution. There are
two important provisions of the Constitution, it is maintained, which are indicative
of the intentions of its framers. One is Article VI, section 2 which reads, inter alia,
"This constitution, and the laws of the United States which shall be made in
pursuance thereof; and all treaties made, or which shall be made, under the
authority of the United States, shall be the supreme law of the land..." The
second provision is found in Article III, section 2, which says, "The judicial
power shall extend to all cases, in Law and Equity, arising under this
constitution, the laws of the United States, and treaties made, or which shall
be made, under this authority..........." Both these provisions are sufficient to fill
in the gap which the Constitution failed to expressly provide for. The thread of the
intention of the framers of the Constitution can be connected with what Hamilton
wrote in the Federalist: "The interpretation of the laws in the proper and
peculiar province of the courts. A constitution is, in fact, and must be,
regarded by the judges as fundamental law. It must, therefore, belong to them
to ascertain its meaning, as well as the meaning of any particular Act,
proceeding from the legislative body. If there should happen to be
irreconcilable variance between the two, that which has the superior
obligation and validity ought, of course, to be preferred; in other words, the
constitution ought to be preferred to the statute, the intention of the people to
the intention of their agents" And as Professor Beard remarks, there is good
ground to think that a majority of the members of the Philadelphia Convention
favored judicial review. In fact, it was already in existence in the American States

57
after their break with England in 1776. If it was not expressly provided in the
Constitution, it was because the framers believed the power to be clearly enough
implied in the language used in Articles III and VI referred to above.

Chief Justice Marshall makes the issue clear. Whatever may have
been the intention of the framers of the Constitution, the issue was finally decided
by Chief Justice Marshall in 1803, in the famous case of Marbury Vs.
Madison(1803) 21 Ed. 60 and since then Judicial Review has become a part of the
constitutional law, in fact, its very corner stone. The facts of the case, briefly
stated, were that the Congress had provided in the Judiciary Act of 1789, that
requests for writs of mandamos could be made to and granted by the Supreme
Court. Of the night of March 3, 1801, Marbury was appointed Justice of Peace for
the District of Columbia by President Adamas, whose term of office expired before
the commission of his appointment could be delivered to Marbury. The new
President Jefferson and his Secretary of State, Madison, refused to deliver the
commission to Marbury, who petitioned to the Supreme Court for a writ of
mandamus. Chief Justice Marshall wrote the opinion for the Court. It was held that
Marbury was entitled to commission, but the Supreme Court was without authority
to grant a writ compelling delivery, because the Judiciary Act of 1789, which
empowered the Supreme Court was in violation of the constitutional provision of
Article III inasmuch as that it enlarged the original jurisdiction of the Supreme
Court. It was, hence, decided that the Act of Congress was in violation of the
Constitution and, therefore, null and void.
The argument of Chief Justice Marshall, in brief, was that the
Constitution is the supreme law of the land and the judges are bound to give effect
to it. When the Court is called upon to give effect to a statute passed by congress
which is clearly in conflict with the supreme law of the Constitution, it must give
preference to the latter, otherwise the declaration of the supremacy of the
constitution would have no meaning. The implications in Chief Justice Marshall's
decision may, for purposes of clarity, be summarized as under:-
1) That the constitution is a written document that clearly defines and limits
the powers of Government;
2) That the constitution is a fundamental law and is superior to the ordinary
law passed by congress;
3) That the act of Congress which is contrary to and in violation of the fundamental
law is void and cannot bind the courts; and

58
4) That the judicial power conferred by the Constitution together with the oath to
up hold constitution which the judges take on the assumption of office requires that
the courts should declare, when they believe, that the acts of Congress are in
violation of the Constitution.
Since, Marshall's decision in 1803, the power of the Supreme Court to declare acts
of Congress invalid has been resented, evaded, and attacked, but never overthrown.
The principle of judicial review is now firmly embedded in the American System
of government and Marbury case forms the basis of this important authority
exercised by the Supreme Court. During the first eighty years only in the key case
of Marbury V. Madison and in the Dred Scot V. Sandford (1857) decision was a
federal law disallowed. Since then about eighty Acts of Congress have been
invalidated in part or in their entirety State laws were more frequently the subject
of Supreme Court disallowance.6

iii) Importance of Concept of Judicial Review: -

The separation of Powers in India has emerged an important
strategy to redress the grievances of all especially the common people who need it
the most. It appeared in the judicial sense when the rigid concept of locus standi
proved to be a major hurdle in achieving the great ideals of the socio-economic and
Political justice.
In India, traditional rule has been only that a person can bring an
action who has sustained or is in danger of sustaining some direct injury or whose
legal or constitutional rights have been infringed. However, there are certain
exceptions to this traditional rule. As and when the legislature and executive fails
and lose the faith of the Public the Role of Judiciary comes into play. The judiciary
in India has been given more Powers and in that event only the Judiciary is
competent and capable to remove injustice.
The judiciary in India has played a major role in order to achieve
the goals of Indian constitution and to bring a social change. The inherent powers
of Judiciary has been invoked on time to time in order to ensure the rule of law, to
protect fundamental rights and other legal rights enshrined in our constitution. It
has been contemplated in Article 13as―all laws in force in the territory of India
immediately before the commencement of this constitution, in so far as they are
inconsistent with the provisions of this part, shall to the extent of such
inconsistency, be void‖. It means the pre constitution laws and Post constitution
laws, in derogation or inconsistent with the Part 3rd of the constitution are void up
to the extent of inconsistency. The power of Judicial Review is a basic feature of
the constitution as declared by the supreme court in Minerva Mills case.7 The

59
similar view has been followed in the case of Subhash V. Union of India8, In this
case it has been held by 3 Judges bench of supreme court that the Power of Judicial
Review is one of the basic feature of Indian Constitution By virtue of this power,
the judiciary is competent and capable to interpret the law, to prevent arbitrary
Authoritative Decisions, to establish supremacy of constitution and judiciary,
protect the legal and constitutional rights of the people, to achieve the goals of
spirit of preamble of the constitution, to ensure rule of law and useful in
constitutional development.

Indian Doctrine of Judicial Review:-

The philosophy of our constitution seeks to achieve a
harmonization between two extremes namely the parliamentary supremacy as in
United kingdom and the Judicial supremacy as under the constitution of United
States. The American doctrine of Judicial Review Permits the re-examination of
Acts and decisions of the president and the congress and the US Supreme Court
can overturn a law of the congress also, whereas the scope of the Judicial Review
under the Indian constitution does not and cannot travel to that extent. In American
context, concept of Judicial Review implies 'authoritative interpretation of the
constitution and in Indian context it implies 'argumentative interpretation of
constitutional provisions. As regards power of the Supreme Court in judicial
Review Justice Holme's observed;

"The constitution (of the USA) is what the Judges says it." But on the other
hand Indian constitution is what it is, and not what the judges say it is. In absence
of any express provision in Art. 124 it is difficult to read that the Judicial Review
of order of removal of Judge after the parliament's vote is embodied in the
constitutional scheme of High court or Supreme Court Judge.9

II) VIEWS OF VERIOUS JURISTS:

Introduction: - The courts by their interpretation bring changes in those
constitutions which are rigid and where amendment is not easy, as in USA. They
by their interpretation cause political evolution also. They enable the law to keep
pace with the changing conditions. If the constitution is supreme, as in USA, and
India the court has a power to give verdict upon the validity of laws.

60
View of various Jurists
The power of Judicial Review has been explained by various
Jurists so many times. Since the legislature is empowered to enact the law and it
can be interpreted by the Judiciary. It is pertinent to mention here that the judiciary
can declare the law void which is ultra virus to the constitution; it can lay down the
correct law. The views of so many Jurists are as under:

Hanry Campbell Black M.F.:- as per Hanry Campbell Black M.F.

dictionary, "Power of the y court to review decisions of another department of
level of Govt. Marbury Vs. Madi son US (1 cranch) 137, 177, 2 L.Ed. 60. Form of
appeal from an administrative body to the courts for review of either the finding of
fact or law or of both may also refer to appellate court review of decision of trial
court or an intermediate court."10

Finer: As per finer, "Judicial Review is a power under which the law enacted by
legislature and directions of executive can be declared illegal, in case they are
unconstitutional."

Brogan: As per Brogan, "This power is resisted since 1803, so many efforts were
made to remove it but it could not be removed. The courts respected Public
Provocation, but never curtailed its power."

Munro: As per munro, " Judiciary is the balance wheel of the whole system.
Whatever dissatisfaction may arise over the court exercise of its great power, there
is no workable substitute for it. "He further says, "Judicial Review is a power of
supreme court under which the law made by the congress or any public rule having
force of law, can be declared contrary to constitution of united states of America."

Alsworth: As per Alswarth, "the government of United States violates its

limitations, in other words admit any law contrary to constitution is irregular and
federal Judges who are free to maintain impartiality, shall declare that illegal. In
other words, if state by encroaching the limitations which are likely to attack upon
federal Rights, shell be declared illegal by the judiciousJudges".

Bocon: As per Bacon: A number of Jurists have supported the view of Bacon.
Lord Bacon said that, The Points which the judges decide in cases of first
impression are' distinct contributions to the existing law.

Diecy : Prof. Diecy remarks that a large part and as many would add the best part
of the law of England is judge made law, that is to say, consists of rules to be
collected from the judgments of the courts‘.
61
Gray: This view has been strongly supported by Gray. He has observed that
'Judges have an absolute authority not only to interpret the law about to say, what
the law, is truly the law giver.‘

Redcliffe: As per Redcliffe; 'Judicial law is always a reinterpretation of

Principles in the light of new combination of facts, Judges do not reverse principles
in the light of new combination of facts. Judges do not reverse principles, one well
established, but they do modify them, extend them, restrict them and even deny
their application to the combination in hand.

Lord Denning: "The truth is that the law is uncertain. It does not cover all the
situations that may arise. Time and again practitioners and judges are faced with
new situations where the decision may go either way. No one can tell what the law
is until the courts decide it. The judges do every day make law, though it is almost
necessary to say so. If the truth is recognized then we may hope to escape from the
dead hand of the past and consciously mould new principles to meet the needs of
the present."11
American Justice Frankfurter considered Judicial Review to be a 'Limitation
on Popular Government and thus an undemocratic aspect of our system. He
recognized. However, that right to pass on the validity of legislation is now too
much part of our constitutional system to be brought into question." Yet because
this right is inherently oligarchic and practically uncontrollable and because it
prevents "The full play of the democratic process," it is vital that (this) power of
the non democratic organ of our Government be exercised with rigorous self
restraint."
The Supreme court of India: In Keshwananda Bharti Vs. State of Kerla12it
was observed by Justice Homes: "I recognize without hesitation that judges do
must legislate, but they can do so only interest lessly; they are confined from molar
to molecular motions."
Similar view was taken by J. Krishna Iyer in the case of Gujrat Steel Tubes Ltd.
Vs. Its Mazdoor Sabha".13

III) THE PROCESS ANDEFFECT OF JUDICIAL REVIEW:-

i) Process of Judicial Review: - Laws passed by the state legislatures,
ordinances of municipal councils and even the provisions of the state constitutions

62
themselves may be declared null and void in case they are in conflict with the
national constitution or the laws and treaties made in pursuance thereof. In fact,
the great majority of cases reaching the Supreme Court involve the constitutional
validity of some state statute or a right, title or privilege under the rational
constitution and the state court having decided against the right or privilege
claimed. For example, if a man is prosecuted or convicted under a state law or
some provision of a state constitution, he may carry his appeal to the Supreme
Court on the ground that his conviction is contrary to some provision in the federal
constitution or laws made there under. The supreme court, then, deter mines the
constitutionality or otherwise of the state law or provision of the constitution
involved, such a power with the supreme court is a necessary consequence of the
supremacy of the federal constitution or laws made the reunder. The Supreme
Court, then, determines the constitutionality or otherwise of the state law or
provision of the constitution involved such a power with the Supreme Court is a
necessary consequence of the supremacy of the federal constitution and federal
laws. More than 300 pieces of state legislation and many ordinances of city
councils have been declared null and void by the supreme court of America
Similar position is there in India. All existing laws at the time of
commencement of constitution of India inconsistent with or in derogation of the
fundamental rights are declared to be void. Secondly, state has been prohibited to
make such laws, which takes away or abridges the rights conferred by Part 3rd of
the Indian constitution.

i) Effect of Judicial Review:

When a court declares a legislative Act unconstitutional, it means
that it cannot be enforced as its inconsistency with the constitution deprives it of
the character of the law. But the courts have no power at their disposal to carry out
their decrees. It is for the executive to enforce them and it may be possible for an
executive officer to ignore them and this has actually happened in a few cases as,
for example, in a famous case in connection with which President Andrew Jackson
wrathfully remarked that "John Marshal has made his decision, now let him,
enforce it.” Generally, however "the prestige of the doctrine is so great that a
pronouncement of the courts is accepted as final even when the act declared
unconstitutional is a popular one." As Bryce expressed it, the Supreme Court is
the living voice of the constitution14 and, as such the country obeys, both by
inclination and habit.
American public is under wrong impression that what is the
impact of Judicial Review? It is assumed by them that every Act passed by the
63
legislature is perused prior to its existence, But in reality American court do not
advise legislature prior to passing an Act. As per Dimmok and Dimmok, "There
are so many stages in Judicial Review, First of all parties in dispute come to
the court. Decision of

Dispute depends upon section of law. The court peruses and tests these
sections, and if found just, then it can declare the same illegal. "If the American
courts declare the law valid or constitutional then the American public starts more
respect toward that law and in case the court declare void any particular law then in
that case the law is deemed to be removed and its importance ends" 15.

IV) THE LIMITATIONS ON JUDICIAL REVIEW:

The Indian constitution makes each of the fundamental Rights
subject to legislative control under the terms of the constitution itself, apart from
these exceptional cases where the interests of national security, integrity or welfare
should exclude the application of fundamental rights altogether. The power of
judicial Review is not a self operating mechanism. The courts can test the
constitutional validity of any law if the validity of the same is questioned or
challenged before the court. The limitations upon the power of Judicial Review can
be explained as follows:

(i) The courts have no authority to initiate proceedings suo moto. They take
notice only when some person or party complains that their rights have
been infringed by the actions of the government servants.

(ii) Thus all administrative actions do not come under the preview of
judiciary. The constitution exempts certain types of Acts, regulations and
orders from judicial review. e.g. Article 31 A and 31B through which
"Zamindari" abolition cases have been debarred from the jurisdiction of
courts in 1951
.
(iii) The Judicial control is a device of control after the event. One can
approach the courts for judicial remedy only after the damage has been
done.

(iv) The process of seeking judicial remedy is too costly to be accessible to

the poor and the needy.

(v) Judicial Process is very slow, cumbersome and lot of delay takes place in
final disposal of cases. Justice delayed is justice denied. There are still

64
 thousands of cases pending in various courts of law. It is a serious matter
and needs immediate solution.

(vi) Every law can be declared void if the court is satisfied beyond any
reasonable doubt that the law in question is unconstitutional.

(vii) Courts cannot invalidate the cruel laws unless the same are inconsistent
with the constitution. This power cannot be used on political issues.

(viii) Only those sections or parts of law can be declared void which is
inconsistent with constitution. If the meaning of one section is
interconnected with other section then only in that case whole the law can
be declared void.

The expending Horizon of Judicial Review has taken in its folds

the concept of social and economic Justice. While exercising powers by the
legislature and executive is subject to 'Judicial Restraint. The only check on our
own exercise of power is the self imposed description of Judicial Restraint as it
was observed in the case of Hasif Hameed Vs. State of J & K16. It was also
observed by American Justice frankfuster considered Judicial Review to be a
'Limitation on Popular government and thus an undemocratic aspect of our
system, He recognised. However that right to pass on the validity of legislation
is now too much part of our constitutional system brought into question." Yet
because this right is inherently digraphic and practically uncontrollable and
because it prevents "The full play of the democratic process. "it is vital that
(this) power of non democratic organ of our Government be exercised with
rigorous self restraint. Especially on constitutional questions, the court will be slow
to reverse a previous decisions unless the decision appears to be obviously
erroneous. It is fundamental that the nation's constitution is not kept in constant
uncertainty by judicial review every season because it paralyses, by perennial
suspense, all legislative and administrative action on vital issues determined by
brooding threat of forensic blow-up. This if permitted, may well be a kind of
judicial de stabilization of state action too dangerous to be indulged in, save where
national crisis of great movement to the life, liberty and safety of this country and
its millions are at stake, or the basic direction of the nation itself is in peril of shake
up as it was held in the case of Amibka Prassad Mishra Vs. State of U.P. 17
Judicial Reviews thus the interposition of Judicial Restraint on
legislative as well as the Executive organs of the government. The concept has the
origin in the theory of limited Government and in the theory of two laws-an

65
ordinary and supreme (i.e. the constitution). From the very assumption that there is
a supreme law which constitutes the foundation and source of other legislative
authorities in the body polity, it proceeds that any act of the ordinary law making
bodies which contravenes the provisions of the supreme law must be void and
there must be some organ which is to posses the power or authority to pronounce
such legislative acts void"18.
The Supreme Court of India took a tough stand and stuck down
th
the 99 Constitutional Amendment for establishment of National Judicial
Appointment Commission in the case of Supreme Court Advocates on Record
Association & another VS Union of India19. In this case the Supreme Court has
emerged out to be one of the most powerful judiciaries in the world and it has raise
substantial question on its slowly growing power of judicial review.

CONCLUSION
In India there is no express provision which indicate in clear
words that the courts in India shell exercise the power of judicial review, but, the
Judiciary in India is exclusively independent from any type of intervention of the
legislature and executive. Certain powers given to the Judiciary enable it to
exercise the power of Judicial Review without any hesitation. All pre and post
constitution laws inconsistent or in derogation of part III rd of constitution in India
are declared to be void. The judiciary can chalk out the law making power of
legislature. It is empower to declare any law void which is found ultra virus to the
constitution. The law declared by the Supreme court of is binding upon all court in
India similarly the law declared by the High Court is binding upon all the courts in
state, but not binding upon another High Court, but its supporting value cannot
denied. The supreme court of India and all the High Courts in India can issue
prerogative writs with the passage of time now the power of Judicial Review
vested in the Judiciary is held to be a „basic feature‟ of our constitution. So many
laws in India has been adopted from other countries but due to Custom,
Convention, Precedent and Culture Prevalent in India there is the craze of welfare
legislation in India. In order to establish harmony in society and to make capable
to get redressal of their grievances there are so many programmes. Legal Services
Authorities Act 1987 has been passed and there is an approach which has been
adopted in the light of our vedas, as the hymen of ATHARVA VEDA Says:
Cast off anger from your heart,
Like an arrow from the bow,
So that you may again be friends,
And live together in harmony.
66
The Judges in India perform their Devine duty without any fear or favour. The
judiciary in India has been given more Powers and in that event only the Judiciary
is competent and capable to remove injustice.

REFERENCES
1. Kapoor, Dr. Anoop Chand : Major Governments 4th Edn. P-338.
2. Nanda Dr. S.S.: Indian Government and Politics 1995 Edn. P-374.
3. Sir Aladi Krishana Swami Aiyar, Member of Drafting Committee.
4. LASKI H.J. : The American Democracy (1953) PP 110 to 116.
5. Kapoor, Dr. Anoop Chand : Major Governments 4th Edn. P-338.
6. Kapoor, Dr. Anoop Chand : Major Governments 4th Edn. P-338.
7. AIR 1980 SC 1789.
8. AIR 1991 SC 631.
9. Tripathi B.N. Jurisprudence legal theory (1999) Allahabad Law Agency.
10.Hanry Campbell Black M.F. Dictionary.
11.Tripathi B.N. Jurisprudence legal theory (1999) Allahabad Law Agency.
12.AIR 1973 SC 1461
13.AIR 1980 SC 1896.
14.Kapoor, Dr. Anoop Chand : Major Governments S Chand & Co. New Delhi
1963.
15. Brogan DW the American System (1948)(ii), Chapter 1 to 4.
16.AIR 1989 SC 1899.
17.AIR 1980 SC 1762.
18.Basu‘s commentaries on Constitutional Law of India Vol. I.
19.(2016) 5 SCC 1.

67
 CASTE IN INDIAN POLITICS

Pragati Sharma
Student of M.A (Political Science)
University of Delhi

Poonam Sharma
Assistant Professor, Department of History
Government College, Nagrota Bagwan, Kangra (Himachal Pradesh)

ABSTRACT
Caste in Indian society refers to a social group where
membership is decided by birth. In India, caste hierarchy goes like Brahmins,
Kshatriyas, Vaishyas and Shudras where Brahmins are in the highest tier. Caste is
the most ancient feature of Indian social system and a major factor in the structure
and functions of the Indian political system. Caste is a form of ascribed inequality
that has modernized itself in present times. It had roots in the Varna system of
Hindu philosophy which is based on functional divisions but has gradually led to
social inequalities.The Constitution of Independent India provided several
provisions to work towards making casteless society and equal opportunities to all.
However, the caste has manifested itself in various ways and institutionalized
within the political process of India.
After the independence, the influence of caste on social and
political life can be seen decreasing with several measures which has led to
increase in literacy, eradication of poverty. But on the other hand, the influence of
caste on politics has increased. Caste determines the nature, organization and
working of all the political structures of the country. The objective of this paper is
to understandthe influence of caste in the politics of India. It has both positive and
negative impacts on country‘s development. It explains the extent to which how
politics influences caste and how relationship between caste and politics is formed.

68
Keywords: Caste, Indian Politics, Dalits, Indian Society
INTRODUCTION
The Indian caste system is a closed system of stratification where
person‘s social status is obligated to which caste they were born into. The word
caste has been derived from the Spanish word ‗casta‘ that means breed or race.
Traditionally the caste system of stratification was legitimized through classical
Hindu religious texts. The division of caste forms one of the most fundamental
features of India‘s social structure. Within the power relationships, caste is also
seen as an effective social capital used by one group to dominate another resulting
in justified reactions from the oppressed groups.The history of opposition to
ideology of caste can be traced back to the Buddhist ideology which challenged the
Brahminic supremacy. Later in the nineteenth and early twentieth century several
reform movements in different parts of country were seen challenging caste and
discrimination on the basis of it.
The BrahmoSamaj started by Raja Rammohan Roy rejected the
concept of caste.The anti-caste movement wasstarted under the inspiration of
JyotibaPhule as well which worked toward upliftment for Women, Shudras and
abolishing idea of untouchability. The question of participation in Indian Politics
started from the time of Phule. It was carried on in the 1920s by the non- Brahmin
movements in Maharashtra and Tamil Nadu. This was later developed under the
leadership of Dr. Ambedkar.He carried forward the challenge of empowerment and
brought anti-caste issues into political agenda.

ORIGIN AND EVOLUTIONOF CASTE SYSTEM

Caste system in India is fixed and hereditary. It is classification
of people into hierarchically ranked castes called varnas. They are classified
according to occupation. While Brahmans, are on top as priests and scholars, next
are Kshatriyas who are usually the rulers. They are followed by Vaishyas who are
merchants and the next are Shudras being laborers, servants and artisans. At the
very bottom were untouchables who performed occupations that are unclean and
not considered in the ranked classes. Manusmriti, a text of Hindu religion
legitimizes social exclusion and introduces absolute inequality. It is a guiding
principle of social relations by affirming dominance of upper castes and impunity
and servility of outcastes. Punishments of torture and death were assigned for
crimes such as insulting member of dominant caste. Caste still is of importance for
Indians in modern times as well but its intensity has changed. The upper caste
wants to use it to oppress lower castes. The lower castes who have been oppressed
for so long on one hand want to use their caste identity for benefits especially in
politics but on the other hand they want to put a stop to oppression and
69
discrimination suffered by them as well. Caste has played a major role in Indian
politics not only after independence but also in pre independence era as well. The
British has used caste as a tool to rule India.
Before independence, British Authorities also experimented and
intervened in the caste order in many ways. First, they gave Brahmans
extraordinary importance by taking advice from them about what is correct
custom, hence also increasing their influence. This resulted in anti- Brahmin
movements especially in South India. Second, the Minto-Morley reforms of 1909
introduced the concept of separate electorate which provides a step forward for
non-Brahmans in their quest for self-respect. They started organizing themselves as
‗Depressed Classes‘ which gained momentum later with the formation of several
Depressed Caste Associations in different parts of the country. Third, Britishers
also enacted laws in order to reduce the practice of untouchability prevalent in
society towards the so-called polluting castes.
It shows that caste has always been active at level of politics in
the Indian society. Caste identities have evolved to now questioning self over
others. No matter which caste is in question its involvement in politics is primarily
to stake claim to jobs, educational opportunities, as well as positions of power in
government bodies in direct competition against other castes.

RISE OF CASTE IN POLITICS AFTER INDEPENDENCE

In 1947, after the independence states border reorganization issue
raised several demands. The demand for linguistic states was made not just by
linguistic communities for the sake of communication or education but they were
especially raised by the dominant castes which were spread throughout the domain
of one vernacular language. For instance, in Maharashtra Marathas became the
dominant caste but in few states like Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh there were usually
two or more dominant castes who were opposed to each other. After reorganization
of state boundaries, these castes started aligning themselves with one or more
party. State politics started emerging as a new arena for different political castes.
The political power has been started shifting from the higher caste Hindus to the
people of other castes as well.

The political elite during the time of independence were usually

of the upper castes. They dominated key universities, civil services and other
important positions in state, central governments, military etc. but with time lower
castes also started mobilizing leading to the decline in political power of higher
castes. Some of the key factors that led to this decline are-

70
1. The mobilization of lower castes by the Indian National Congress played an
important part. During its formation, its leadership was filled with people of
higher castes but in the early 1930s several local leaders of middle and lower
castes started playing major role at provincial level. After the independence
they shifted into political positions in state governments. The party
incorporated members of middle castes and lower castes as well. Hence the
upper castes had to compete even with lower castes for positions in party
and seat in parliament, state legislature etc. The democratic system thus
created incentive for political mobilization along the lines of caste as well
but the competitive democracy played a major role in incorporating groups
that were previously excluded from political power.

2. The widespread rejection of the ideological foundation of India‘s

hierarchical social order played role in lower caste mobility as well. With the
decline in the moral basis of caste, the upper castes also lost the moral
authority against the lower castes. Many leaders of lower castes considered
as ‗untouchables‘ started calling themselves Dalits. During the 1970s, Dalits
launched many political campaigns. The Dalit Panthers movements started
among younger generations of Dalit along with other movements expressed
the anger and frustration at the failure of implementation of policies that
would eliminate violence against Dalits.

3. Rise of caste politics has contributed in the institutionalization of caste in

politics. Caste is still lived-in social reality that is present in the Indian
society. The lower castes are still discriminated by higher castes in several
parts of the country. Political parties use caste as an instrument for social
change. The political use of caste is called Casteism leads to
institutionalizing and persistence of caste and related practices in India.
Caste is used by the political parties as an instrument to gain votes and
secure power.

4. The Indian system of Affirmation started in 1960s for the Scheduled Castes
and Scheduled Tribes. The Scheduled Castes were disadvantaged because of
their long history of socially, economically and politically being
discriminated. While the Tribes were regarded disadvantaged because they
were usually isolated hence only accustomed with backward technology and
unstratified social structure. On the other hand, the Other Backward Classes
(OBCs) were internally differentiated due to income, education etc. were

71
 conceived in terms of caste. The Central government appointed Mandal
Commission to look into their issue.
In 1978, the Commission in its report affirmed caste as
contributing factor to social and economic backwardness. It recommended 27
percent of seats to be reserved for the OBCs in addition to 15 percent for SCs and 7
percent for STs. After large-scale opposition against it and the constant delay, it
was finally implemented in 1990 by the National Front government which led to
provision of 27 percent reservation to ‗socially and educationally backward
classes.‘

ROLE OF CASTE IN INDIAN POLITICS

I. Political Socialisation and Leadership Recruitment
Caste in India is defined by birth and one grows up being a
member of particular caste group. They belong to either one of high caste or other
backward caste or scheduled caste and scheduled tribes. Hence caste is one of
important influences in one‘s political orientations, values and beliefs. Even in the
politics the caste interests affect a person‘s political thinking, awareness,
participation. Caste influences the process of leadership recruitment as well. It is
evident in case of caste conscious individuals of some states like Haryana, Bihar
and Uttar Pradesh. Most of the people support political party leaders of their own
caste or religion. Identity politics plays a very effective role in election process as
well. People usually have mistrust in leaders outside their own community due to
fear of any type of exclusion or lack of opportunities.

II. Party Politics

One of the major components of Indian party system is caste and
issues surrounding it. Some political parties have immediate caste basis while
others have indirect influence of caste on it, especially parties formed at the state
level. For example, In Uttar Pradesh, Bahujan Samaj Party is considered as
Scheduled Caste Party, in Maharashtra Shiv Sena is called Maratha Party. Almost
every other party tries to form its vision keeping in mind ‗caste interests‘ as well.
The election procedures also further encourage caste system as well. When a single
caste is not able to win then formation of alliance on caste basis is also seen. Even
office bearers of party are appointed on the basis of caste to please a caste group in
party or in a constituency.

72
III. Elections
In the democratic republic like India elections play a very
important role. The political parties try to keep in mind element of caste and
population in a constituency while allotting it to a candidate. Even during the
election campaigns, votes are demanded in the name of the caste. In order to gain
attention of people of particular caste group, candidate is also chosen of that caste
by the party. Caste leaders also mobilize their followers on caste lines in order to
show their strength

IV. Vote Bank

Caste plays an important role as vote bank in the political process
of India. It influences the policies and choices of the state governments as well.
Regional political parties whenever in power use it in order further the interests of
the caste groups which supports their regime. Recruitment to political offices is
mostly done keeping in consideration to caste of a person. Caste factor influences
the process of formation of ministry and allocation of portfolios especially at state
levels. Even the problem of re-organization of states is handled with an eye fixed
upon interference of predominance of caste cluster in very explicit territory.

V. Organization of government
Caste is not only an important feature of Indian society but is a
dominant factor in various political processes as well. It affects governments at the
state level the most. The ruling party tries to use its decision-making power to win
the favour of major caste groups. The Constitution of India provides for single
unified electorate and advocates spirit of caste free politics and administration.
Caste factor in recent times has become an important determinant of governmental
decision making and the entire political processes.

VI. Local Politics

At the ground level in the working of Panchayati Raj and other
institutions of local self-government, the influence is also clearly seen. It is
considered as one of the biggest hurdles in the effective working of the Panchayati
Raj. At rural level, caste is important source of mobilization, channel of
communication, representation and leadership as well. Usually in village areas, the
dominant caste tries to impose its political preference on the depressed sections by
issuing threats etc.

73
VII. Divisive and cohesive force
Caste acts as dividing and cohesive force in Indian politics. It
leads to emergence of several interest groups but their struggle for power can be
unhealthy sometimes hence acting as a divisive force. But it is also a source of
unity among the members of groups bringing people together hence acting as a
cohesive force as well. Therefore, different circumstances and intensity of its
influence decides caste‘s impact as a cohesive or divisive force.

VIII. Caste Violence

In Indian politics, there have been several instances of caste-
based violence as well. The discrimination and stigma between higher and lower
castes has led to several violent struggles for power in the society. It can be
especially seen in rural areas where caste has strong hold on the community, the
terrorization of lower castes by the higher caste is witnessed in several parts of
country. Gradually urban areas have also started to witness caste-based violence as
well.

IX. Caste based pressure groups

The work of these caste-based pressure groups is to protect and
promote interest of particular caste. They work on putting pressure on government
for welfare of their caste. Numerically large jatis have an edge over others in
political bargaining with the government and political parties. Some of the leaders
of such jatis form caste associations called Sabha or Sangam which consists of
cluster of jatis having similar social rankings in a region. A few caste associations
are also consisted of multi-castes having different social ranking in traditional
order. They are called caste ‗federation‘. One of major example of it is Scheduled
Caste federation which works for Dalits.

Many caste associations though hold an objective ―to promote

and protect the interests and rights of the community,‖ They do not directly
involve in electoral politics. Rudolph and Rudolph call the participation of caste
associations in politics as ―the democratic incarnation of caste‖. Rajni Kothari calls
it ―democratization‖ of castes.

74
WHY DOES CASTE POLITICS EXIST?
Caste even after several of independence and reforms is still alive
and affecting our society as well as politics. It is not just a social evil but is
entrenched in the social and economic structure of the country. Hence one can still
see its presence because it has become a way of life. After independence, caste
discrimination was abolished in principle and law but that doesn‘t mean it had
stopped working. There is still evidence of inequalities, exclusion and its constant
resistance by several actors like the anti-caste movements led by Dalit Panthers in
1970s. Mandal Commission recommendations and the political opposition
surrounding it in 1990s stood out to be important turning point for the members of
lower caste as well.

But the dominant caste-class coalition is still seen in several parts

of the country which is playing a major role in hindrance of country‘s
development. Before the independence and during the struggle, it was political
elite which was always in limelight which later assumed political power as well
and were usually of upper castes. It was series of events like the Green Revolution
when the process of politics began to mature and realization started seeping in the
minds of lower castes as well that they also play important role in deciding who
rules and changes to be brought in their condition.
Caste has turned out to be bane to democracy. It becomes
important in politics because politics is highly competitive. Its purpose is to gain
power for certain ends hence it exploits all kinds of loyalties in society in order to
gain and consolidate certain positions. The linkage between politics and caste is
important and, in the process, both interact so closely that they are transformed.
Party programmes also cut across caste loyalties and members of one caste may be
divided on the basis of ideological affiliations.
To some extent the politicization of caste has benefitted the lower
castes and other backward groups. There are political parties that mobilize
different groups in the name of caste and hence leaders of these parties have
become another kind of elite keeping most people out of the purview of
development. But the upper caste groups have also not provided sufficient space
for the lower and backward caste groups; they are still trying to maintain their
dominance on the basis of caste.
Hence, Dr. Ambedkar concerns were reasonable about the
constitutional provisions for the lower castes. He realized that democracy was
broadly majoritarian concept and cannot be confined to electoral exercise and

75
therefore a mere political alliance of communities cannot be the only objective of a
democratic exercise. He felt that our institutions should be strong enough to protect
the constitutional provisions made for the most marginalized communities. He also
realized that communities which remain in enslavement and hunger because of
various philosophies injected in their minds didn‘t understand what rights are.
Hence, he wanted to ensure constitutional rights so that lower castes or the
oppressed do not become victim of majoritarian assertion in the political process.
In context of interactions between caste and politics, Rajni
Kothari has pointed three major aspects of caste system. First, the secular
dimension by which it is evident that caste as a stratified system has not received
much attention. Caste system is predominated by factionalism and caste cleavages,
patterns of alignment and realignment among the various strata and a continuous
striving for social mobility.
Second, the integration dimension by which caste system not
only determines the individual‘s social status on the basis of the group to which he
is born but also differentials and assigns occupational and economic roles. It thus
gives a place to every individual from the highest to lowest and makes for high
degree of identification and integration.
Third, is the dimension of consciousness by which as Kothari
puts it, ―It is not politics that gets caste ridden it is caste that gets politicized‖.
Kothari states that caste can be oppressive but it can also provide
a basis for struggle against oppression. Politicization of Caste can lead to
transformation of caste system as well. The caste system has played an important
role in structural and ideological bases of political mobilization. The relationship
between caste and politics is basically a relationship for specific purpose of
organizing public activity.

CONSTITUTIONAL PROVISIONS FOR CASTELESS

SOCIETY
1. Fundamental Rights
 Article 14 – Equality before law and equal protection of laws
 Article 15- Prohibition of discrimination on the grounds of religion, race,
caste, sex or place of birth
 Article 16 – Equality of opportunity in the matters of public employment
 Article 17 –Abolition of untouchability and prohibition of its practice
76
  Article 18 – Abolition of titles except military and academic
2. Fundamental Duties
 51A- (e), to promote harmony and spirit of common brotherhood amongst
all the people of India transcending religious, linguistic and regional or
sectional diversities and to renounce practices derogatory to the dignity of
women.
3. Directive Principles of State Policy
 Article 38 – To promote the welfare of the people by securing a social order
permeated by justice – social, economic and political – and to minimize
inequalities in income, status, facilities and opportunities.
 Article 46 – To promote the educational and economic interests of SCs, STs
and other weaker sections of the society and to protect them social injustice
and exploitation.
 Article 330 – Reservation of seats in Lok Sabha for SCs and STs
 Article 332 – Reservation of seats in State Assembly for SCs and STs.

WHAT NEEDS TO BE DONE?

Caste system has strong roots in the Indian Society. It cannot be
easily eradicated without changing the mindset of people. Over the time several
reforms have tried to work on the path of removing it but it turned out to be in
vain. The problem of persistence of caste related practices is also because of the
illiteracy and ignorance of the people which keeps them superstitious and
conservative. Any type of social change is not acceptable to them, wanting to keep
things as they are.
The evil of the caste system can be eradicated only with
educating people, bring awareness and creating a strong public opinion to fight this
evil. There is strong need to bring people together rather than increase separation
due to caste. The differences of upper and lower castes and creation of their vested
interests has also led to further separation.
There is need to reduce the role of caste in politics. Media plays a
very important role in Indian society but it should try to play neutral role in it.
Caste based violence needs to be eliminated with well-organized efforts such as
not giving recognition to caste-based political parties, political leaders and thus
rising above the politics of caste. There are several constitutional provisions
provided to the citizens but there is strong need for proper implementation.
Government policies should work towards overall development of all the section of
society as well also targets the population especially lower castes that need special
77
attention for upliftment. Inter-caste marriage should be promoted and special offers
to be provided to these people can also help in bringing change in next generation.
Caste system should not only oppose due to discriminatory practices associated
with it but there are issues of human rights, dignity attached to it as well. India is a
democratic system based on the ideals of liberty, equality and justice hence efforts
need to be made to work towards its fulfillment.

CONCLUSION
The transformation of castes into interest groups, influence of
process of ethnicization and positive discrimination has made strong impact on
Indian political system. Representative politics has further led to strengthening of
caste as it transforms and replace caste as social stratification to become more open
and accommodative with modernity. Caste assumes new functions and roles as
caste associations are formed to contribute to social and economic mobility.
There is a close relationship between caste and politics and they
both influence each other in several ways. Casteism is one a major challenge for
Indian democracy. Caste loyalties and other ethnic factors have further contributed
in dividing the Indian Political system. Politics has become caste-ridden and castes
have got politicized. Election campaigns are conducted along caste lines and there
have been several instances of caste-based violence especially during polling.
Caste groups use politics as the means to secure their benefits and it has been
politicized to pursue economic and social concern of its members. This process has
reached an impasse as now political leaders use caste consciousness for
mobilization but do not pursue vigorously economic and social problems that
majority of members of that caste face.
Politics works in society by getting influenced by different social
forces. The democratization process can help by bringing new leaders from the
marginalized communities and if political institutions and leaders make conscious
effort in intervening in social forces they can influence and bring changes in social
order and relationship. Democratic politics in India has been influenced by caste
but it has also changed the traditional caste system and its values. It is need of hour
for government to take bold steps in political practices and bring awareness among
people inculcating the values of liberty, equality and fraternity which are important
part of nation-building, hence moving towards national unity and integrity.

78
REFERENCES
1. Kothari, Rajni (1970). Caste and Politics in India, New Delhi, Orient
Longman
2. Rudolph L.I. and Rudolph S.H. (1961) The Modernity of Tradition, Delhi,
Longman
3. Jaffrelot Christophe (2012) The caste based mosaic of Indian politics.
Seminar, University of Toronto Press
4. Weiner Myron (2001) The Struggle for Equality: Caste in Indian Politics, in
Atul Kohli‘s The Success of Indian Democracy, New Delhi. Cambridge
University Press
5. Kaur Hardeep, Vol-5, Issue-1, 2018 Role of Caste in Indian Politics,
International Journal of Current Engineering and Scientific Research
6. BhattacharjeeAnanya,Vol.4 Issue-3, 2021 Impact of Casteism in Indian
Politics

79
SOCIAL EXCLUSION AND INCLUSION OF DALITS IN
TAMILNADU: AN EMPIRICAL ANALYSIS

Dr.K.KOTTAI RAJAN
Associate Professor
Department of Political Science
Periyar Government Arts College
Cuddalore -607001 Tamil Nadu

ABSTRACT
Social exclusion is ―the inability of an individual to participate in
the basic Political, economic and social functioning of society‖, and that it
involves, ―the denial of equal access to opportunities imposed by certain groups in
society upon others‖ -Mayara Buvinic Tamil Nadu has a relatively high Dalit
population of about eleven million standing fifth in India. As against the national
average of 16 percent, 19 % of Tamil Nadu‘s population consists of Dalits and
nearly 50% of them live below the poverty line working predominantly as daily
wage labourers. Most of the dalits are economically backward and socially
marginalized. Seventy-six (76) Scheduled Castes have been notified in Tamil Nadu
by the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Order (Amendment) Act, 1976.

This paper provides an insight into the patterns of social exclusion

of dalits in Tamil Nadu and attempts to appraise the efforts of political parties for
upliftment of scheduled castes. In this background, this paper provides an insight
into the patterns of social exclusion of dalits in Tamil Nadu and attempts to
appraise the efforts of political parties for upliftment of scheduled castes. In the
struggle for their identity, dalits have a long way to go to reach the position on par
with upper caste people. This paper tries to explain the causes for social exclusion
of dalits and have examined how this could be overcome in the future by
empowering dalits and by other means for inclusive growth and development.

80
Finally, the sufferings of dalits in the form of social discrimination and atrocities
unleashed against them is to be explained with case studies wherever necessary in
the body of the research paper.

Key words: Social Exclusion, Social Inclusion, Inclusive growth, Electoral

Politics, Social Discrimination, Dalit Movement, Untouchability

Introduction
In Tamil Nadu, out of 76 Scheduled Castes, five Scheduled
Castes Adi Dravidar(45.6%), Pallar(19.2%), Paraiyar(15.7%), Chakkiliyar(6.6%)
and Arunthathiyar(6.5%) together constitute 93.5 percent of the SC population of
the state. Thirty five (35) Scheduled Castes have reported population below one
thousand. Among the districts Thiruvarur has the highest proportion of Scheduled
Castes to its total population (32.4 per cent) while Kanyakumari has the lowest (4
percent). In this backdrop, it is a shocking reality that nearly one fifth of the State‘s
population have long been discriminated in various forms like denial of education,
employment discrimination, exploitation of labour, sexual exploitation of dalit
women by upper caste men, denial of political rights etc. To substantiate, the
studies that are conducted by S.Viswanathan (Author of the book Dalits in
Dravidian Land) and Hugo Gorringe (Author of Untouchable Citizens :Dalit
Movements and Democratisation in Tamil Nadu) are significant and noteworthy as
far as Dalits in Tamil Nadu are concerned. These studies brought out the Dalit
situation in one of more modernized and progressive states in the country, Tamil
Nadu. S.Viswanathan has chronicled the dimensions of the Dalit situation in the
state and found that Dalits still are facing deprivations and discriminations in social
and political arena in rural areas when compared to urban society.

Social exclusion of dalits in Tamil Nadu continue to exist from

time immemorial on caste basis (Varnashrama Dharma).Since Independence, from
keezhavenmani incident numerous occurences of scheduled castes victimization
and discrimination could be cited and important of them are discussed in the paper.
Inspite of constitutional and other legal safeguards available, for most of the
scheduled caste people it happens to be life without dignity in many parts of Tamil
Nadu and rural areas in particular like two glass system in tea shops, denial of
water resources, inaccessibility to temples ,separate place in classroom(schools) for
dalit children etc. Even though Political parties like CPI (M), Dalit panthers of
India(Thirumavalavan)and Puthiya Thamizhagam (Dr.Krishnaswamy) are toiling
hard for the rights of downtrodden people only meagre progress could be achieved
in rural areas where caste hindus, mostly OBC‘s dominate and this research paper
examines this issue indepth. Incidentally with just a 2% higher share of the
81
population, Dalits in Uttar Pradesh have achieved much higher influence. Even in
the foreseeable future Mayawati type figure emerging in Tamil Nadu appears to be
beyond the realm of possibility. We will continue to witness the phenomenon of
Dalit parties largely operating as inconsequential fringe players in Tamil Nadu
political scenario which is a phenomena resulting from their struggle for identity.

What the two studies bring out is that the oppression that Dalits
experience today is caused not by the "upper castes", but by those who were once
at the lowest level in the caste hierarchy, socially only slightly above that of Dalits.
The equality and justice that the Dravidian movement fought for, and to a measure
achieved, were to be limited to the Backward Castes, it would appear. These caste
groups, now in power, would like to see the former outcastes remain where they
have always been. But, of course, Dalits can no longer be excluded. The
Constitution and laws of the land are now, in principle at least, fully inclusive.
Untouchability, once the clearest manifestation of social exclusion, is now illegal
and the practice of it in any form is a punishable offence. Over the past five
decades there have been many determined efforts to make the principle of
inclusion effective, starting with reservation of seats for Dalits in legislative bodies
and subsequently in educational institutions and public services. And by a variety
of objective criteria, the condition of Dalits today is far better than what it was in
the past.

Electoral potential of dalits in Tamil Nadu

Dalits are spread across the state and if successfully mobilized
can determine electoral success of political parties. Since the 1960s they have
tended to support the AIADMK and DMK, but have not managed to create a space
for themselves in either of the parties. Given the dominance of the OBCs in these
political parties, Dalit voices therein have been smothered under successful
sloganeering. Both parties aggressively promote the ‗platform of social
emancipation of the downtrodden,‘ but have managed to crowd out the interests of
the Dalits. The communist parties especially the CPI have managed to mobilize
landless agricultural labourers (predominantly Dalit) around Thanjavur / Tiruvarur.
Since 1990s Dalit oriented parties have sprung up but these have all been
compromised by the DMK and AIADMK so far. They have traded their
mobilization strengths for electoral tickets. Aligning with AIADMK or DMK,
which themselves represent the interests of their ‗social antagonists,‘ these parties
often do not fight elections on their own symbol, choosing DMK‘s or AIADMK‘s
instead. Consequently they have become more of rabble rousing, muscle groups
rather than mature political formations systematically defending their constituents‘

82
interests. The Dalit scene in Tamil Nadu is one of progress, oppression and
suffering, resistance and change. Gorringe analyses this complex process. He has
an apt description of the sense of exclusion that Dalits still experience in spite of
the legal inclusion that they have in independent India. "The exclusion of Dalits
from the main body of society is symbolized on many fronts. Physically the cheris
are located outside the main village; semantically they are referred to as
`Untouchables'; spiritually, Dalits are denied access to temples, told that they are
impure... ; materially Dalits are alienated from resources and land; culturally their
skills are demeaned; and socially they are served in different receptacles in
restaurants" (Untouchable Citizens, page 73). And since these are as much the
Dalit reality today as they were in the distant past, Dalits are "at the same time
inside and outside the system" (Untouchable Citizens, page 306). If they are to
become realistically inside the system, what must they do?

In the 1990s, the Dalit response was to get organised. Perhaps it

was forced upon them, initially as the natural response in each village, the cheri,
that is, to atrocities against one of them or many of them. Newspapers, radio and
television soon made them aware that similar problems were coming up in many
places around them and so regional `movements' started taking shape. The regional
movements demonstrated the strength arising from numbers and unity, but also
brought out some inherent limitations. First, of course, was the fact that they did
not have the resources, the personnel and leadership to build up and sustain large-
scale movements. Of the three, leadership was the most crucial. It is in this context
that the services of K. Krishnasamy and Thirumavalavan have to be appreciated,
the former a medical practitioner and the latter a well-placed government official.
Both of them gave part-time help to aggrieved fellow Dalits initially, later they
became leaders of Dalit movements and have since emerged as political
personalities. Their sustained effort and personal sacrifices have succeeded in
mobilising Dalits, enthusing more Dalits to devote time for the movements, and
generated resources to make the movements fairly well established in the
State.Attempts to mobilise have also brought to the fore some deep-rooted
problems. There is, to be sure, an essential caste problem as far as Dalits are
concerned and the attempt sometimes made by leftist parties to reduce it to a class
problem of agricultural labourers is an oversimplification. In organising Dalits,
therefore, their specific caste grievances get prominently featured. However, it
immediately brings out the fact that Dalits themselves are not a homogeneous
group. In a caste-ridden social order, Dalits too have their caste divisions, and
arising from them hierarchical ordering too. Understandably, the distinctions
arising from these tend to be region-specific, which makes it difficult to have a
Dalit movement for the State as a whole. Gorringe notes that there are over 70
83
different Dalit organisations in Tamil Nadu. The largest is the DPI. The second
largest is the Puthiya Thamizhagam (PT) with Krishnasamy as the leader, which,
however, was the first to be started as Devendra Kula Vellalar Federation. The two
represent two different Dalit castes and are active in two different regions of the
State.

Apart from this primarily strategic issue, making caste as the

basis of organising Dalits throws up a major question of principle. If the long-term
objective is a casteless social order where every citizen is treated as equal in law
(as enshrined in the Constitution), can the solidarity based on caste consideration
be accepted as a means to move towards that goal? It is on this consideration that
serious doubts are expressed as to whether sectoral movements and organisations,
such as those of Dalits, strengthen or weaken democracy. This is one of the crucial
aspects that Gorringe deals with and we shall get back to it shortly. Once Dalits are
organised to protect themselves and fight for their causes, they have to make clear
their stand in relation to political processes and parties.

In its initial years the DPI projected itself essentially as a

movement to make Dalits proud of their identity, to ensure that Dalits have equal
access to public spaces and resources and to convey that Dalits have autonomous
organisations and their own areas of influence. "The identity of a slum or cheri that
has affiliated itself to a Dalit movement is qualitatively different from one that
remains unmoved by the struggle. Erecting the emblem of a movement in a place
marks the end of obedience (though not necessarily the end of fear) and the
beginning of an organised struggle against inequality"(Untouchable Citizens, page
201). During those early years the DPI detached itself from all political processes,
almost with a vengeance, exhorting its members even to boycott elections. This
was partly to protest against the tendency of the major parties to treat Dalits as
mere "vote banks" much sought after during the election campaigns, but
conveniently dumped after the elections are over.

This phase lasted only for a few years - a sort of preparatory stage
that the Dravidian movement also passed through before entering the political
arena. In 1996, Krishnasamy contested the elections and won. In 1999, the DPI
entered into the political fray by contesting the parliamentary election, but failed to
win the seat it contested. But the fact that Thirumavalavan got over two lakh votes
against his formidable Pattali Makkal Katchi (PMK) rival Ponnusamy was a big
morale-booster.But the political path that was opened up has not been a smooth
one. The Dravidian parties - the Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam, the All India Anna
Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam and the Marumalarchi Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam

84
- may be willing to accommodate Dalits to some extent but view Dalit movements
and parties as a challenge to their monopoly of power in the State. In the fluid
"alliance politics" of Tamil Nadu, Dalit parties have not yet become positively
attractive to any of the major players.

Dalits also have to clarify their view about the state and state
power. In general, the Dalit position regarding the state is ambivalent. When they
view state power via the police, they can only identify it with brute force, as an ally
of their oppressors. When they think of the state in terms of the governing parties,
they perceive it only as becoming increasingly antagonistic. At the same time, for
many Dalits "the state is a vital resource in terms of government houses, jobs,
college places and ration cards". The decision to convert movements into political
parties and contest the elections must be seen as a recognition that sharing state
power is vital to the long-term interests of Dalits. So, then, what is the contribution
of the Dalit movements to what Gorringe refers to as the "democratistion of
democracy" in Tamil Nadu and the country as a whole?

There are those who consider Dalits and their movements as

disruptive elements in society and hold their aggressiveness as being responsible
for violence. It is also alleged that their concerns do not go beyond themselves and
that their emphasis on caste is a threat to the secularist ethos that the country needs
and is striving to cultivate. Gorringe's approach is different. One of the women he
interviewed detailed the difficulties they were facing day after day and said:
"Instead of living like this and dying one by one we'd be better off attacking them
(higher castes) or dying in the attempt". If Dailts are the ones responsible for
violence, it is desperation that drives them to it. Even when violence is initiated by
others - and the evidence is that the vast majority of instances are of that kind -
Dalits get blamed because of the general perception that they are "undesirable
characters". Dalits do resist violence against them, but only through resistance are
they empowered. And let there be no hiding of the fact that Dalits are fighting, and
fighting hard, for a legitimate share of the public space and of power. If that fight
is taking the form of identity politics, it is because politics overall is of that nature
now, not a quest for the common good, but for power for specific groups, for their
own welfare, though wrapped as the welfare of the nation. The shrill voices of
Dalits (as opposed to their groans that "society" had become used to) and their
aggressive political posturing are resented because these expose the sham that
pervades our public life. In Tamil Nadu particularly, where the original radicalism
of the Dravidian parties seems to have evaporated almost completely, Dalit
resurgence is expanding the base of democratic contestation. It is thus contributing
to a more critical civil society challenging political institutions to be accountable to

85
it. In this sense, according to Gorringe, Dalit movements are deepening democracy
and, indeed, constitute a cultural revolution.

Viswanathan's report and Gorringe's analysis of the condition of

Dalits in Tamil Nadu make significant contribution to one's understanding of a
persisting social and political problem that is the reality of one out of five in the
population. Hence, in the Indian context, institutionalised attempts to exclude, to
segregate or to cast out a segment of the population from the social order play a
crucial role. ―This is not a situation where a particular individual ‗ill-treats‘ another
person; instead, the social process itself is discriminatory in its principles and
practice. Thus, social segregation is an institutionalised form of social distancing
expressed in physical separation.‖ As social exclusion is not only about attitudes
but is built into the social structure, changing attitudes will not necessarily change
social exclusion.

The social structure of a society contributes to the formation of its

attitude, and the attitude in turn contributes to the maintenance of the social
structure. There is no easy way out of this horribly vicious cycle.Since social
exclusion is about domination, discrimination and deprivation, those who benefit
from it do not want to introduce any change, while those who are discriminated
against, who are supposed to be ‗inferior‘, ‗incapable‘, ‗less meritorious‘ and
‗lower‘ are not in a position to mobilise and organise to alter the existing social
system. They do not want to remain in the dehumanizing social order but fear that
they may be subjected to repression if they resist exclusion and discrimination.
Inspired by the ideas of Dr B R Ambedkar and others, dalits have initiated
transformation not only in nomenclature but also in perceptions about themselves
and about the perceptions of others about them. This has resulted in a serious
difference between the perceptions of dalits and dominant castes.

During discussions in workshops on reconstruction of the dalit

identity in six northern states, by the Bihar Social Institute, it was found that the
negative and derogatory perception of the dominant castes about dalits is that they
are dirty and filthy, thieves and robbers, lazy, , dishonest and ungrateful. This
negates the reality. For instance, empirical data does not support the perception
that dalits are gluttons. The reality is that dalits, like anyone else, eat to survive.
Studies have shown that since dalits are often deprived of a regular supply of food,
they consume food as and when available. It is thus amply clear that social
exclusion in India is a multidimensional concept that needs to be addressed
urgently as it is linked to poverty as well as denial of basic human rights. It would
however be useful to quantify social exclusion and monitor progress towards social

86
integration goals. One example of the usefulness of such studies is a joint DFID
and World Bank Gender and Social Exclusion Assessment in Nepal, which helped
the government see how people were affected by caste, gender and ethnic group.
The study showed that the poorest group in the country was the Muslim minority
(5%) -- something that neither government nor donors had realised.

How social exclusion can be quantified and monitored

A lot of work has been done in the West to quantify social
exclusion and monitor progress towards integration. The UNDP‘s Human
Development Index focuses on the multi-dimensional aspects of deprivation, while
the French Action Plan for Employment provides 35 quantitative evaluation
indicators on social exclusion. The European Union is trying to establish
quantitative indicators to evaluate social inclusion initiatives. The ‗poverty charter‘
of Britain‘s New Labour proposed around 30 measures to track movement towards
nationally defined social integration goals. However, as Prakash Louis points out
in his paper quoted above, not much work has been done in South Asia to analyse
and understand social exclusion. There is talk in some academic circles about the
need to undertake a Dalit Development Index or Dalit Deprivation Index, and,
similarly, to identify indicators for a Tribal Development Index or a Tribal
Deprivation Index. A Minority Development and Deprivation Index and a
Women‘s Development and Deprivation Index are also proposed.

As things stand today, most studies of caste-based exclusion in

India have explored social exclusion through case studies, and made qualitative
assessments and extrapolation from simple anecdotal evidence. Apart from the
studies quoted by Sukhadeo Thorat in the paper mentioned above, there has been
little systematic empirical assessment of the impact of caste and other forms of
social exclusion on poverty.

For civil society organisations (CSOs) working on social

exclusion at the field level, the first step would be gathering and analysing
statistical information to identify excluded groups and the forms and levels of
exclusion they face. An attempt must also be made to quantify the impact of
exclusion. Then, disaggregated data can be collected and analysed to monitor
change relating to specific groups over time. Statistical information can also draw
attention to exclusion and strengthen influencing strategies. Raising the visibility
of excluded groups can be a powerful act in itself.

87
How CSO‟s can work with social exclusion
At a broader level, the DFID policy paper ‗Reducing poverty by
tackling social exclusion‘ lists four ways in which civil society can play a role in
mitigating social exclusion:

• By increasing accountability and demanding that citizens are protected by the

rule of law.

• By influencing policymaking.

• By delivering services where the State will not.

• By tackling prejudice and changing behaviour.

Increasing accountability
CSOs play an important role in challenging governments and
ensuring that they are more accountable to their citizens. When governments fail
excluded groups, CSOs can help them exercise their rights and obtain redress. In
India this often takes the form of ensuring that those who are eligible for various
poverty alleviation schemes of the government are aware of the schemes and avail
of the benefits. CSOs help register people for such schemes and lobby against
government officials who withhold or delay their implementation. They also use
the power of the media to highlight injustice and corruption in the system.

Influencing policymaking
CSOs have a role in advocating increased representation and
voice for excluded groups, and giving them a say in policy- and decision-making.
They can link grassroots work to national and international policy processes.
International alliances are increasingly important in linking CSOs campaigning for
groups like women and girls, children and young people, disabled people and the
elderly. Organisations like HelpAge International, for example, have developed
effective alliances to gain commitments by UN member states to improve public
services and provide social protection to the elderly.

Delivering services where the State will not

CSOs can also play a crucial role in delivering services to
excluded groups that have no access to public services. For example, in
Bangladesh, large local CSOs like the Bangladesh Rural Advancement Committee

88
(BRAC) and Proshika play a key role in delivering education and health services in
urban slums. In India, the Self-Employed Women‘s Association (SEWA), has had
a major impact on the lives of women in the informal sector by providing direct
services such as primary healthcare, savings and insurance. SEWA combines
delivery of these services with advocacy for policy change at the municipal, state,
national and global level, challenging rules that discriminate against the women‘s
interests, such as rules related to registration of trade unions.

Tackling prejudice and changing behaviour

A strategy to tackle exclusion has to challenge deep-seated
attitudes and prejudices. Civil society can play an important role in helping to
change attitudes and behaviour. The media plays a vital role too. It has the
potential to reinforce prejudices as also influence positive changes in attitudes and
behaviour.

Speaking at the ‗Assembly of Poor and Discriminated‘, organised

by the PACS Programme and the National Confederation of Dalit Organisations
(NACDOR) at the India Social Forum (ISF) held in New Delhi in November 2006,
Sushila Zeitlyn, Senior Social Adviser, DFID, suggested that CSOs working with
socially excluded groups should develop innovative projects to use the large
amount of money available under the Union government‘s Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan.
CSOs should look beyond the challenge of increasing school enrolment of dalit
children; they should look at sensitising non-dalit teachers and helping illiterate
parents track the performance of village schools and the progress of their children,
she suggested.

Challenges of working with social exclusion

As the DFID paper on reducing poverty by tackling social
exclusion points out, not all forms of exclusion create poverty. Hence, donor
agencies and CSOs must be clear about:

 The impact of exclusion on poverty reduction.

 Who is affected, and how.
 What are the main constraints in tackling exclusion.
 Where are the entry points and opportunities for doing so.

Once we know the answers to these questions, it would be

possible to decide how and where to focus our efforts, and what types of
approaches would be most appropriate. CSOs may need to be flexible and to

89
employ various approaches and strategies. A concern with social exclusion could
lead to policies that undermine self-reliance rather than facilitate it. CSOs need to
guard against looking upon socially excluded groups as passive recipients of
welfare rather than people with equal rights who are capable of taking their own
decisions and contributing to society if given the opportunity. CSOs should also be
wary about being used by governments to provide services that governments
themselves should be providing. CSOs have to be acutely and constantly aware of
the fact that members of marginalised communities who fight for their rights face
real physical danger. Speaking at the ‗Assembly of the Poor‘ at the ISF, Shyambai
from Satna (Madhya Pradesh), a district panchayat member who belongs to an SC
community, revealed that the sarpanch of her village threatened to kill her when
she dared look into irregularities in work undertaken under the National Rural
Employment Guarantee Scheme (NREGS). CSOs also have to ensure that, at the
very least, they do not inadvertently increase social exclusion.

Conclusion
Political empowerment for marginalised groups, with the aim of
capturing power at the state and central levels, is the ultimate solution to social
exclusion in India, according to some. However this will not be easy to achieve,
warned Amit Bhaduri while addressing the ‗Assembly of the Poor‘ at the ISF.
Known for his writings on development with dignity, Bhaduri said oppression and
loss of social dignity in Indian society does not work through simple economic,
social or political factors but through a complex combination that cannot be
addressed by electoral politics alone. He also pointed out significant lacunae in
efforts towards political empowerment made so far in the country. Leaders of dalits
and other marginalised groups must look at the history of large political
movements across the world, which clearly show that cultural symbols -- like the
idea of ‗Ram Rajya‘ used effectively by Gandhi -- are a key rallying point, he said.
India‘s poor and marginalised urgently need an alternative cultural symbol to
organise and fight against mainstream society. The challenge before leaders of
excluded groups is to develop and powerfully articulate such a symbol that
captures the aspirations of the people they represent, and provides a vision of the
society they would like to create.

90
REFERENCES:
1. Hugo Gorringe, ―Untouchable Citizens‖, London: Sage Publications
Ltd,2005
2. Baviskar B.S and George Mathew, ―Inclusion and Exclusion in Local
Governance‖, New Delhi: Sage Publications Ltd,2009
3. Basu.A and Kohli.A, ―Community conflicts and the State in India‖ , New
Delhi: Oxford University Press,1998.
4. Fueller.C, ―Caste in Contemporary India‖ , Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press, 1996
5. Brass.P, ―Caste,faction and party in Indian politics‖,New Delhi:Chanakya
Publications,1984
6. The Hindu archives
7. Vaasanthi, ―Cut-Outs,Caste and Cine Stars‖ New Delhi: Penguin group,2006
8. Geeta.V and S.V.Rajadurai, ―Off with their heads: Suppression of dissent in
Tamil Nadu,‖ Economic and Political Weekly,6 June,1992.

91
 HUMAN RIGHTS UNDER CONSUMER
PROTECTION ACT

Dr. Nancee
Assistant Professor
Department of Management Studies
Cluster University Mandi (H.P)

Abstract
The growing interdependence of the world economy and
international character of many business practices have contributed to the
development of universal emphasis on consumer rights protection and promotion.
Consumers, clients and customers world over, are demanding value for money in
the form of quality goods and better services. Modern technological developments
have no doubt made a great impact on the quality, availability and safety of goods
and services. But the fact of life is that the consumers are still victims of
unscrupulous and exploitative practices. Exploitation of consumers assumes
numerous forms such as adulteration of food, spurious drugs, dubious hire
purchase plans, high prices, poor quality, deficient services, deceptive
advertisements, hazardous products, black marketing and many more. In addition,
with revolution in information technology newer kinds of challenges are thrown on
the consumer like cybercrimes, plastic money etc., which affect the consumer in
even bigger way. With the advent of the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, a new
consumer protection regime is in place in India. The New Act is undoubtedly more
robust and much broader in scope but not without its archetypal challenges. The
objective of this paper is to highlight the various rights given to consumers under
consumer protection act and various archetypal challenges in new consumer
protection act.
Keywords: Consumer Protection Act, Consumer Rights, India, Unfair Trade
Practices, Awareness

92
INTRODUCTION
As we know that ―Consumerism is concerned with protecting
consumers from all organizations with which there is exchanged relationship. It
encompasses the set of activities of government, business, independent
organizations and concerned consumers that are designed to protect the rights of
consumers‖. In the good olden days, the principle of ‗Caveat emptor‘, which meant
buyer beware governed the relationship between seller and the buyer. In the era of
open markets buyer and seller came face to face, seller exhibited his goods, and
buyer thoroughly examined them and then purchased them. It was assumed that he
would use all care and skill while entering into transaction. The maxim relieved the
seller of the obligation to make disclosure about the quality of the product. In
addition, the personal relation between the buyer and the seller was one of the
major factors in their relations. But with the growth of trade and its globalization
the rule no more holds true. It is now impossible for the buyer to examine the
goods beforehand and most of the transactions are concluded by correspondence.

The practice of consumer protection is to prevent consumers from

being exploited and harmed by unfair trade practices of businesses. The protection
of consumers is laid down in legislation. The concerned law or act in India is
designed to prevent companies and businesses from committing fraud or
undertaking unfair practices to obtain an advantage over rivals or to deceive
consumers. Government regulations require companies to provide comprehensive
product information, particularly in areas of public health and safety, such as in
case of medical supplies, food, cars, etc. Consumer Protection Law enables
consumers to make informed decisions in the marketplace and to prosecute
complaints against erring companies. Additionally, certain entities in India are also
crucial in supporting protection of consumers. Such entities include government
agencies and departments (such as the Department of Consumer Affairs, Consumer
Protection Agency/Authority, etc.), self-regulating organisations (such as
Consumer Forums), Buyer Co-operatives, Law Firms and Lawyers practicing
consumer law, NGOs proposing consumer protection legislation and helping its
enforcement, and finally, the Consumer Courts.

Key features of the Consumer Protection Act 2019

The Consumer Protection Act, 2019 has come into effect (20 July
2020) after the Old Act Consumer Protection Act, 1986 had been in place for over
thirty-three years. During these years, technology, culture and the society at large
has evolved immensely. While the Old Act tried to remain relevant with some

93
minor changes (amendments), there was an increasing need for the upgrade of the
consumer protection regime in India. In line with this increased need, first and
foremost, the New Act has explicitly provided for the protection of the consumer
who buys products or services online. The act has also made Endorsers liable for
false or misleading advertisements, in addition to the inclusion of online sales. In
the 1986 Act, it was just the producers and the service providers that were held
liable for the same. Under section 21(2) of the New Act, after receiving a notice
from the consumer, the Commission may levy a fine of up to INR Five million on
the endorser continuing to endorse false advertisement about the goods/services in
question.
Under the New Act, not just the offences, even the redressal
agencies have undergone reforms. Although, the 1986 Act provided for the
Commissions to either approve or deny a complaint within 21 days of receipt, the
2019 Act went a step further and clarified that if no action has been taken within
21 days, it will be presumed that the complaint has been approved. Additionally, to
ease the burden of State and National Commissions, the pecuniary authority of the
District Commissions has also been raised. Now, when the value of the damages
claimed/sought is up to INR Ten million, an aggrieved consumer can apply to the
District Commission itself. Also, the consumer is no more required to file a
complaint at the opposite party‘s home jurisdiction, instead, the consumer can file
the complaint where the cause of action has occurred.

The Commissions now also have the right to revisit their cases
and with the agreement of all parties involved, the Commissions may also refer
cases for mediation. The Act also establishes an independent regulator, the Central
Consumer Protection Authority (CCPA). Although this authority cannot listen to
customer complaints or resolve disputes, but it can take administrative actions such
as enforcing obligations on companies/businesses to remedy any unfair trade
practice. Following are the main highlights of new consumer protection act:

 E-commerce Transactions: The concept of ‗consumer‘ has been broadened

in the New Act. It now covers offline and online transactions, any electronic
means, teleshopping, direct sales or multi-level marketing. The term ‗consumer‘
now also includes any person who purchases any product/service.

 Enhancement of Pecuniary Jurisdiction: Under the New Act, amended

pecuniary limits have been fixed. The district platform will now resolve
grievances where the amount of products or services charged does not exceed

94
 INR Ten million. Where such value exceeds INR Ten million but does not
exceed INR One Hundred million, the State Commission may enter into disputes
and the National Commission may exercise jurisdiction if such value exceeds
INR One Hundred million.

 E-filing of Complaints: The New Act allows the consumer the flexibility to
lodge complaints with a competent consumer forum located at the consumer‘s
place of residence or work. This is unlike the previous practice of filing
complaints at the place of purchase or where the registered office address is kept
by the seller. The New Act also includes provisions allowing consumers to file
grievances electronically and by video conferencing. Video conferencing can
also be used for listening to and/or questioning parties involved. This is aimed at
ensuring procedural simplicity and reducing consumer inconvenience and abuse.

 Establishment of a Central Consumer Protection Authority: The

New Act recommends the establishment of a Central Consumer Protection
Authority (CCPA), a regulatory authority with strong enforcement powers. An
investigative wing, led by a Director-General will be accessible to the CCPA,
which can perform and undertake investigations into breaches of consumer law.

 Broad powers: In the new act more powers have been given to the CCPA to
take Suo moto actions, recall products, order refund of the price of
goods/services, cancel licenses and file class action suits if more than one person
is affected by a complaint.

 Penalties for misleading advertisements: The CCPA may impose on a

Manufacturer or an Endorser a penalty of up to INR One million for false or
misleading advertising. They can also be sentenced by the CCPA to up to 2
(two) years in prison for the same. The fine can be extended to INR Five million
and up to 5 (five) years imprisonment in the event of a subsequent offence. The
CCPA may also bar the Endorser of a misleading advertisement for a period of
up to one year from endorsing that product or service. The term of prohibition
may stretch to three years for any subsequent offence.

 Unfair Trade Practices: A specific broad concept of unfair trade practices

is enforced by the New Act, which also requires the exchange of sensitive
personal information provided by the consumer, unless such disclosure is made
in compliance with some other regulation.

95
 Provision for Alternative Dispute Resolution: As an Alternate Dispute
Resolution tool, the New Act allows for Mediation, making the dispute
adjudication process easier and faster. This would help to settle disputes more
efficiently and reduce pressure on Consumer Courts, which have several cases
pending before them already.

CONSUMER RIGHTS
The definition of Consumer right is ‗the right to have information
about the quality, potency, quantity, purity, price and standard of goods or
services‘, as it may be the case, but the consumer is to be protected against any
unfair practices of trade. It is very essential for the consumers to know these rights.
However, there are strong and clear laws in India to defend consumer rights, the
actual plight of consumers of India can be declared as completely dismal. Out of
the various laws that have been enforced to protect the consumer rights in India,
the most important is the Consumer Protection Act, 1986. According to this law,
everybody, including individuals, a firm, a Hindu undivided family and a
company, have the right to exercise their consumer rights for the purchase of goods
and services made by them. It is significant that, as consumer, one knows the basic
rights as well as about the courts and procedures that follow with the infringement
of one‘s rights.

In general, the consumer rights in India are listed below:

 Right to be protected from all kind of hazardous goods and services.
 Right to be fully informed about the performance and quality of all goods and
services.
 Right to free choice of goods and services.
 Right to be heard in all decision-making processes related to consumer interests.
 Right to seek redressal, whenever consumer rights have been infringed.
 Right to complete consumer education.

RIGHT TO SAFETY
According to the Consumer Protection Act 1986, the consumer right is referred to
as ‗right to be protected against marketing of goods and services which are
hazardous to life and property‘. It is applicable to specific areas like healthcare,
pharmaceuticals and food processing, this right is spread across the domain having
a serious effect on the health of the consumers or their wellbeing viz. Automobiles,
96
Housing, Domestic Appliances, Travel etc. When there is violation of the right
then there occur medical malpractice lawsuits in the country. It is estimated every
year that thousands or millions of citizens of India are killed or seriously injured by
immoral practices by doctors, hospitals, pharmacies and the automobile industry.
Still the government of India, known for its callousness, does not succeed in
acknowledging this fact or making a feeble effort for maintaining statistics of the
mishaps. The Government of India needs to have world class product testing
facilities to test drugs, food, cars or any other consumable product that can prove to
be a menace to life. It does not happen coincidently that Tata Nano is sold in India
for half of what it costs in a country which is industrially developed, this is a
classic case of requirement of a cheap product that outweighs the need for safety of
family and self. The developed countries like the United States have stalwart
agencies which oversee the protection of consumer products, the Food and Drug
Administration (FDA) for food and drugs, the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) for automobiles and the Consumer Product Safety
Commission (CPSC) for various other consumer products etc. This right needs
each product which can potentially be a danger to our lives to be marketed after
adequate and complete verification as well as validation. India is 50 years away,
for empowering this right adequately and completely.

RIGHT TO INFORMATION
The right to information is defined as ‗the right to be informed about
the quality, quantity, potency, purity, standard and price of goods or services, as
the case may be so as to protect the consumer against unfair trade practices‘ in the
Consumer Protection Act of 1986. In the market place of India, consumers get
information by two ways namely advertising and word of mouth however these
sources are considered to be unreliable but still this word of mouth is quite
common here. Because of this, the Indian consumers hardly have precise and
complete information for assessing the true value, safety, suitability, reliability of
any product. Usually, the hidden costs can be found, lack of suitability, quality
problems and safety hazards only after the purchase of the product. There is
another right claimed by Indian government on paper, this right must ideally make
sure that all consumable products have been labelled in a standard manner
containing the cost, quantity, the ingredients and instructions given to use the
product safely. It is unfortunate that even the medicines in the country do not
follow a standardized labelling convention. There should be establishment of unit
price publishing standards for consumer market where costs are revealed in
standard units like per kg or per litre. The consumers, ought to be informed in an
exact yet accurate manner for the cost involved during time of availing a loan. The

97
pharmaceuticals require to disclose potential side effects related to their drugs and
manufacturers ought to be required to publish reports from independent product
testing laboratories for the purpose of comparing the quality of their products from
competitive products.

RIGHT TO CHOOSE
The definition of Right to Choose as per the Consumer Protection
Act 1986 is ‗the right to be assured, wherever possible, to have access to a variety
of goods and services at competitive prices. For regulating the market place, there
is just one factor required and that is competition. The existence of cartels,
oligopolies and monopolies prove to be counterproductive to consumerism. The
natural resources, liquor industry, telecommunications, airlines etc all are being
controlled by a mafia to some or the other extent. Since the Indian consumers come
from a socialistic background, the tolerating of monopolistic market is found in
their blood. It is seldom seen that people want to switch the power company, in the
times when they have a blackout at home. It is interesting to know that even micro
markets like fish vendors in some cities are known to collude and discourage the
consumers‘ bargaining power. No matter what size or form, or span, but collusion
of various companies which sell a similar kind of product is unethical or say less
legal. It can be estimated that India has to stride for about 20 more years for
empowering its citizens fully in this regard.

RIGHT TO BE HEARD
As stated in the Consumer Protection Act 1986, ‗the right to be
heard and to be assured that consumer‘s interests will receive due consideration at
appropriate forums‘ is the definition of the right to be heard. This right helps to
empower the consumers of India for putting forward their complaints and concerns
fearlessly and raising their voice against products or even companies and ensure
that their issues are taken into consideration as well as handled expeditiously.
However, till date the Indian Government has not formed even one outlet for
hearing the consumers or their issues to be sorted out. There are a number of
websites striving to do this. The major objective of Consumer is to ensure that their
voices are heard by the corporate world. There is a website, Consumerdaddy.com,
where consumers can upload their criticisms as well as file complaints. Every
criticism filed gradually lessens the overall score of the product which is being
criticized therefore each complaint is independently checked by an investigator
who belonged to Consumerdaddy.com website. This website provides the
consumers the benefit of doubt always, so their voice is considered over that of the
company. It is believed at consumerdaddy.com, that consumer is always right, and

98
that he is the king. In case a consumer makes an allegation regarding the product,
the onus goes to the dealer, or supplying company or manufacturer to disprove that
allegation is not true. To be precise, the consumer is heard, and the load of proof
goes to the company. Various attempts are made by the government for
empowering the citizens with this right, and it is believed that about 10-15 years
more are required for the accomplishment of this goal.

RIGHT TO REDRESSAL
The right to seek redressal against unfair trade practices or restrictive
trade practices or unscrupulous exploitation of consumers‘ is referred to as the
right to redressal according to the Consumer Protection Act 1986.The government
of India has been bit more successful with regard to this right. The Consumer
courts like District Consumer Disputes Redressal Forums at district level, State
Consumer Disputes Redressal Commissions and National Consumer Disputes
Redressal Commissions have been incorporated with the help of the consumer
protection act. These consumer grievance redressal agencies have fiduciary as well
as geographical jurisdictions which address consumer cases between businesses
and consumers. About 20 lakhs Consumer cases are heard in the district consumer
forum, and around one crore can be heard in the state consumer court while more
than one crore cases are heard at national consumer court. It has been found that if
one becomes guardian of consumer protection or consumer rights in the country
these courts today are found to be ineffective because of bureaucratic sabotages,
clogged cases, callousness of government and decadent infrastructure. Only some
of the district forums have appointed officials for time being and majority of them
are non-functional because of funding and infrastructure constraints. There are
around 20-30 million open cases in India which remain unsolved and would take
around 320 years to wind up. Having such type of compromised legal system the
consumer cases form just civil litigations and are carried forward to the bottom of
the priority list. It is estimated that India is 10 years away in effectively ensuring
the right to redressal to every consumer of India.

RIGHT TO CONSUMER EDUCATION

The right of every Indian citizen to have education on matters
regarding consumer protection as well as about her or his right is regarded as the
last right provided by the Consumer Protection Act 1986. The right makes sure that
the consumers in the country have informational programs and materials which are
easily accessible and would enable them to make purchasing decisions which are
better than before. Consumer education might refer to formal education through

99
college and school curriculums as well as consumer awareness campaigns being
run by non-governmental and governmental agencies both. Consumer NGOs,
having little endorsement from the government of India, basically undertake the
task of ensuring the consumer right throughout the country. India is found to be 20
years away from giving this right that gives power to the common consumer.

CHALLENGES WITH NEW CONSUMER PROTECTION ACT

The New Act and its implementation is not without its fair share of
challenges. The following are the archetypal ones (and not the structural and
infrastructural ones that usually plague the whole Judicial System and its
functioning such as lack of adequate courts and personnel, paper work involved,
systemic delays, etc.):
To promote safeguard and develop consumer rights the Central
Consumer Protection Authority (CCPA) has been created with its headquarters in
the National Capital Region (NCR) while the Government will settle issues at the
regional centres. Violation of consumer rights, unfair trade practices, and
misleading advertisements are being regulated by the CCPA. The role of upholding
and improving this Authority (i.e., the CCPA) will be committed to the
Government and its consequences for the 2019 Act will definitely be very relevant.
There is, however, less clarity as to how this authority and its roles related to
investigations and inquiries will function. Also, considering the investigation wing
and the search and seizure functions, there is an overlap with the position of the
Director General. The Authority is permitted to issue guidance, order the recall of
products, order refund of price and penalize erring manufacturers, suppliers,
service providers and/or endorsers. However, interestingly, it is only before the
National Commission that appeals pertaining to such orders can be heard. The
conditions, by the fulfilment of which, such cases can be treated by the National
Commission are also uncertain. It is also uncertain if, due to a shift in pecuniary
authority and jurisdiction, current cases will be asked or allowed to be moved.
There is, however, speculation that only new cases will fall under the new
jurisdiction. It is also necessary to examine the scope of authority and power
granted to CCPA in matters of investigation leading to product recall or
penalization of manufacturers. Due to lack of accountability and appeals to be
heard only by the National Commission, CCPA orders have the ability of
normalising their prejudice against producers. Additionally, there is little or no
remedy available to the victims (producers) of product recalls which not only
damage the financial position of such companies but also impairs its reputation
among the consumers for a long period of time.

100
 Second big challenge concerns the issue of liability of legal
professionals for negligence and deficiency of services that fell within the scope of
the Consumer Protection Act, 2019given its wider definition of ‗Services‘. The
‗service of lawyers‘ was however clarified by the Consumer Affairs Minister to be
kept outside the purview of the Consumer Protection Act, 2019 after facing much
scepticism and backlash from the legal community and its representative
collectives. Thus, consumer protection doesn‘t really provide protection to
consumers of ‗legal services. The most crucial point of contention is the question
that ‗whether the client (of a lawyer or a law firm) is a consumer or not and
whether the consumer forum is the right place to serve the purpose of providing
remedies to victims of legal service deficiency without jeopardising the sanctity
and privity of lawyer-client relationship, conflict of interest and public policy.‘

In India, the concept of one‘s ‗Kartavya‘ (Duty) towards the nation

building is well established since ancient times. In recent political environment,
with the rising discourse around the sanctity of citizens‘ rights the importance of
duty is being neglected. As Justice N. Kirubakaran said, ―When you talk about
rights, you should also speak about duties. While rights are being celebrated, duties
are forgotten‖ and hence, realisation of consumer responsibility towards ensuring
protection of their own interest along with development of conscious consumerism
is the essence of consumer protection. Unfortunately, the new act does not lay
down consumer responsibilities exclusively, although it can be inferred from the
intent of the law makers and through judiciary. It is necessary to uphold or
recognise the significance of consumer responsibility in the legislation as laws of a
state play a parental role in the life of citizens and highly influence their decision
making.

CONCLUSION
The Act is for the protection of the interest and rights of the consumers
and this spirit has been reflected in its provisions. The inclusion of e-commerce has
broadened the scope of the Act, making it easier for the consumers to hold food
aggregators liable for the violation of their rights. It is clear that there is a transition
from caveat emptor (buyer beware) to caveat venditor (seller beware). As a
consumer, it is imperative for us to understand the rights and the reliefs awarded
for violation of those rights. Only when the consumers in a country adamantly
stand for what‘s their rights then the sellers and the manufacturers take
precautionary measures to ensure they never get involved over disputes regarding
the violation of consumer rights. With the social legislation for consumers getting a
new update and calling out the mistakes and shady practises of sellers and

101
manufacturers being easier than ever. The onus is now on us as consumers to
ensure our well-being. The Act is a welcome change in favor of the consumers. It
provides them with clearly defined rights and dispute resolution process which
may enable them to resolve their grievances on a fast-track basis. Online
marketplaces and online auction sites, which have all throughout been included
under the purview of an "aggregator", have also been included under the purview
of this Act which will place more responsibility on them with respect to the goods
and services being sold and provided by them. Apart from establishing authorities
at district, state and national level for consumer disputes redressal, the Act also
seeks to hold the product manufacturers liable along with the product service
providers and product sellers where the rights of the consumer have been infringed
due to defects or deficiency in the goods and services provided.

REFERENCES
1. Rayudu, C.S ―Consumer Movement in India‖, Indian Journal of Marketing
1. 16, no1 and 2, October 1983 p.23.
2. The Gazette of India, No. 35 of 2019, 9 August 2019, 35thed. 2021,
http://egazette.nic.in.
3. Galiya S, Consumer Protection Act, 2019, Key Highlights, Consumer
Protection in India Mondaq.com 2021.
4. Raju C., Consumer Protection Act, 2019: Analysis and Challenges for
Future 2021.
5. Lakshmi Chodavarapu, Legal loopholes in consumer protection
Thehansindia.com 2021.
6. BUSINESS NEWS & India News, ‗Legal services not under Consumer
Protection Act‘ The Times of India (2021).
7. Rights and duties are equally important‘, The Hindu 2021.
8. F.Verma, LegalCharismabehinddelayedredressal,ConsumerNetwork,1995.
9. P.V.N. F. Rao,Need for training, education and creation of awareness
amongst, AReport: December, p.18,1993.
10.F.Jhanwar, Consumer Protection: Today,Need,FightforRight,2003
11.Consumer Protection Act 1986 at http://www.legalhelpindia.com.
12.AvtarSingh,LawofConsumerProtectionPrinciplesandPractices4thedition,East
ernBook Company

102
13.Dr. V.K. Agarwal, Consumer Protection Law and Practice: A Commentary
on the Consumer Protection Act, 1986, 6th Ed., New Delhi: B.L.H
Publisher.
14. Rajendra Kumar Nayak, Consumer Protection Law in India: An Eco- Legal
Treatise on Consumer Justice, NewDelhi: The Indian Law Institute, 1991)

103
Topic: Medical Aid and Leave to Mysore Soldiers During
The Time of Tipu Sultan (1782-1799)

Dr. Shivappa G
Associate Professor, Govt.
College for Women, Kolar,
Karnataka

Abstract:
Indian rulers, who ruled India before the emergence of colonial
administrators had their own medical arrangements for the treatment of wounded
soldiers. Tipu Sultan‘s letters, written to various public functionaries were
translated into English by Kirkpatrick in early 19th century. These letters provide us
some valuable historical data to understand the scale of interest and arrangements
made to his sick and wounded soldiers. Mysore army consisted of coolies in
sufficient number for the service of the Doolies (or litters). Dooli was a basic
apparatus used for moving wounded military men who require medical treatment.
Doolies of Tipu times are similar to modern Stretcher, gurney, litter or Pram. The
wounded were remunerated according to separate regulations on this head.

Keywords: Tipu Sultan, Medical Aid to Military, Mysore army, Native

Medicines, Leave, Furlough, Kirkpatrick
Medical Aid and Leave to Mysore Soldiers During The Time of Tipu
Sultan (1782-1799)
Provision of medical aid to sick and wounded was regarded as an
important duty of the king. Indian rulers, who ruled India before the emergence of
colonial administrators had their own medical arrangements for the treatment of
wounded soldiers. Tipu Sultan too, was a kind hearted king. Some of his letters
written to various public functionaries were translated into English by Kirkpatrick
in early 19th century. These letters provide us some valuable historical data to
understand the scale of interest and arrangements made to his sick and
104
wounded soldiers. On a number of occasions Tipu took personal interest in
providing treatment to wounded soldiers.

In a letter to Syed Mahommed, Kilaadar of Srirangapattana dated 12th

September 1785, Tipu writes ―It has been reported to us, that the Mutusuddy of the
Jyshe, Kishn Rao, has been bitten by mad dog: we therefore write to desire that
you will give the aforesaid (Mutusuddy) in particular charge to the physician,
Mahommed Baig, who must administer to him the proper medicines in such cases,
and restore him to health. He must also be told not to let the discharge from the
wound stop, but to keep it open for six months‖.1

When Burhanuddin informed Tipu Sultan regarding sickness of Meer

Kumruddeen Ali khan, the Sultan permitted him to get the treatment from the
physician Kishna Pundit, who was with him and to get another doctor from the
chief of Shanoor. ―These two‖ Tipu writes ―being appointed to administer to the
said Khan, must be so strictly enjoined on the occasion, that his restoration to
health may speedily be effected‖.2 This is a case in point to show the interest Tipu
took in the welfare of the sick.
On some occasions the Sultan had exhibited himself in the character
of a physician. When he received the information regarding Dowlat khan being ill
of the stone in the bladder, the Sultan sent to him by post an emetic (to be taken the
first day),together with (other proper) medicines for the seven subsequent days.
These were all separately made up in cloth and sealed. Tipu wrote in detail the
method in which the medicine was to be used: ―The way of taking an emetic is
this: dissolving the powder in about four tolah weight of hot water, let him swallow
it. After this, whenever he feels inclined to vomit, he must drink eight-tolah weight
of warm water. When he has vomited five or six times, let him after an interval of
six hours, have some broth mixed with rice. In the evening, before he eats his
dinner, make him take, in a little cold water, half a tolah weight of seed of flea-
wort, softened with some oil of almonds. By the favour of God, in one or two
vomiting, the stranguaru, or obstruction of urine will be removed. The following
morning (after the vomit) a dose of the other medicine is to be taken in eight tolahs
of syrup of ab-shakh and radish leaves. This course is to be pursued for seven days,
during which the patient need not abstain from acids, but must avoid eating black
and red pepper, and other heating and flatulent things. The diet should be curry of
radishes with boiled rice, and his drink an infusion of musk-melon seeds,
cucumber seeds and dry thorn, of each half a tolah weight. By this means, if there

105
should even (or actually) be a stone (in the bladder) it will be passed‖.3Traditional
native medical practitioners have similar treatment for removal of stone from
bladder.

Mysore army consisted of coolies in sufficient number for the service

of the Doolies (or litters) in which the sick and wounded dispatched to the
circumjacent forts. Doolies were a sort of humble conveyance, frequently
consisting of nothing but a common bedstead or cot, suspended to a Bamboo, with
or without curtains. This is a basic apparatus used for moving wounded military
men who require medical treatment. Doolies of Tipu times are similar to modern
Stretcher, gurney, litter or Pram.

Tipu strictly ordered his military officers to provide everything

needed for the speedy recovery of the sick and the wounded. Tipu allowed patients
to be under the care of their respective relatives so that ―they may be the more at
their ease‖.4 Wounded soldiers received compensation (or the Zukhm-putty) from
the state.5 The wounded were remunerated according to separate regulations on this
head.6
Leave
Fath Al Mujahidin mentions that the Furloughs were to be granted to
the men and officers when in quarters. The Furlough was not to exceed two
months.7 It is also said that the garrison troops stationed among the several forts
throughout the country were ordered to be relieved annually.8 Marine Regulations
of Tipu Sultan also mentions that the guards stationed in factories at Muscat and
Kutch were to be relieved annually. The same source indicates that the officers of
naval stations of Jumalabad, Wajidabad, and Majidabad were to arrive at
Srirangapattana ten days before the Eid festival to report the progress made at their
respective stations. Probably these officials used this occasion to celebrate the
festival with their family members.

Conclusion:
As Mysore was constantly at war it needed a large number of
soldiers. Tipu provided all kinds of support to the army and in return, he expected
good support from soldiers. It is certain that at least before 1792 the army of
Mysore was contented and displayed a discipline much beyond what was imagined
they ever could have attained. Tipu‘s medical aid, compensation and sufficient
leave felicities were some of the reasons for the contentment of Mysore soldiers.

106
Footnotes:
1. Kirkpatrick, Select Letters of Tipu Sultan To Various Public Functionaries,
London, 1811, Letter CXV, PP. 146-147.
2. Ibid, Letter XXXIII, P. 45.
3. Ibid, Letter CCLXXV, PP.310-311.
4. Ibid, Letter CL, P.133.
5. Ibid, Letter CXVII, PP. 150-151.
6. Ibid, Letter CXIX, P. 156.
7. Ibid, Appendix I, P. XXVI.
8. Ibid, Appendix L, P. CII.

107
 Topic-Privatization, Liberalization and Globalization

Bhanu Pratap Singh

Assistant Professor (BBA)
MBA (H.R.M), U.G.C NET

Abstract:
India attained independence after a lot of struggle from the British
colonial reign. After independence the subsequent governments followed
socialistic pattern of economic control and governance. As a result balance of
payment crisis emerged in a country. This crisis went so severe that fiscal deficit
rose to 8.4% of GDP and amount of interest payments on public debt rose to 36.4%
of total government expenditure of the central government in the year 1990-91.
Government was forced by international financial organizations like World Bank
and IMF to bring reforms in the economic structure of India.
New economic policy also Known as LPG policy (Liberalization,
Privatization and Globalization) was introduced in the year of 1991. In this Policy
Indian economy was converted from a closed economy to open economy. Prior to
1991, Government was responsible for running the horses of economy, Public
sector dominated the economy and also there was a Licensing Raj. After 1991
Economy was Liberalized, Privatized and Globalised.
Liberalization means to reduce unnecessary restrictions and controls
on business units imposed by government, Privatization means to allow private
sector to set up industries which were earlier reserved for Public sector and
Globalization means linking the economy of a country with the economies of other
countries.
Keywords: Socialistic, Balance of Payment, Fiscal Deficit, GDP, Public Debt,
Economy, World Bank, IMF, LPG.

108
Introduction
Post independence, Indian economy opted a Socialistic model, where
factors of Production are owned, controlled and managed by the government (with
some exceptions). There existed the following features:

1. Dominance of Public sector: after independence and prior to the New

Economic policy, Most of the industries were to be set by the public sector. Private
industries were not encouraged and to curtail the growth of private industries,
Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Act (MRTP Act) was enforced.
2. Fixed Exchange Rate: Unlike present time, where the exchange rate is fixed
by market, prior to 1991, the exchange rate was dictated by Reserve Bank of India
(RBI).

3. Restrictions on Foreign Competition: With the intention of promotion

and protection of domestic enterprises, Government of India, Prior to 1991
restricted the entry of Foreign Multi-National Corporations by implementing High
rate of Import duty on foreign goods, increased taxes, etc.
4. Licensing: License Raj was that period when Licenses were required for
almost everything like Production of new Products, establishment of new
industries or business. Even for purchasing a radio set license was required.
5. Restrictions on Foreign Capital: A lot of restrictions were imposed on
Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) to prevent foreign capital from entering in India.
In order for that, Foreign Exchange Regulation Act (FERA) was implemented.
6. Planned economy: To the tune of Soviet Union, Indian government too
opted 5 year plans, Planning commission was set up in 1951 with the aim of
formulating 5 year plans.
Indian government and agencies opted all means to make Indian
economy as a planned and developed economy. Even after imposing such a
restrictions and planning up to core of all the sectors, still economy failed
miserably.

109
 Condition of Economy Prior To 1991
Following Points will clear the condition of Indian Economy prior to 1991:

1. Fiscal Deficit: Prior to 1991, Fiscal deficit of government increased many

folds. The gross fiscal deficit of the government (Centre and State) rose from
9.0% of Gross domestic Product (GDP) in 1980-81 to 10.4% in 1985-86 and to
12.7% in 1990-91.
2. Debt Financing: Most of the Deficit had to be met by borrowings. Internal
debt of the government as a result increased rapidly. Rising from 35% of GDP
at the end of 1980-81 to 53% of GDP at the end of 1990-91.
3. Trade Deficit: The trade deficit increased from Rs. 12,400 Cr. in 1989-90 to
Rs. 16,900 Cr. in 1990-91.
4. Current Account Deficit: The Current Account Deficit increased from Rs.
11,350 Cr. in 1989-90 to Rs. 17,350 Cr. in 1990-91.
5. Average Rate of Inflation: The average rate of Inflation was 7.5% in
1989-90, which went up to 10% in the year 1990-91. Moreover, in 1991-92, it
crossed 13%.
6. GDP Growth Rate: The GDP growth rate which was 6.5% in 1989-90,
went down to 5.5% in 1990-91.
7. Industrial Growth Rate: The average Industrial growth rate was 8.6% in
1989-90 and in 1990-91 it was 8.2%.
8. Foreign Exchange Reserves: India‘s Foreign exchange reserves were Rs.
5,277 Cr. on 31 December 1989, which declined to Rs. 2,152 Cr. by the end of
December 1990.

It is clear from the above points that the condition of Indian

Economy was not good during 1990-90. It was so much deteriorated that
government of India didn‘t have Forex Reserve to finance the Imports for more
than 2 week period. It was really a period of Economic crisis for India.

Reasons of Economic Crisis

Not one but a lot of factors were responsible for the Economic failure
of India. Let‘s discuss them one by one.

110
1. Break-up of USSR: India was a major business partner of USSR (Soviet
Union). Rupee trade with the soviet bloc was an important element for India‘s
foreign trade and also the quantity of exports to the Soviet Bloc was huge, in
1989, India exported 19.3% to USSR. But after 1990, USSR disintegrated, as a
result rupee payment agreements were dissolved, it negatively impacted Indian
Economy. Also Indian Exports reduced to 10.9% in 1991-92.

2. Political Uncertainty and Instability: Period of 1989-91 was the period

of Political Instability. Within a Span of one and half years there were 3
coalitions government (Collapse of Chandra Shekhar Government,
assassination of Rajiv Gandhi and election of new coalition government led by
P.V Narasimha Rao). As a result of Political Instability there was lot of chaos in
a country.

3. Increase in Non-oil Imports: Non-oil Imports increased by 2.3% of GDP,

while exports increased by only 0.3% of GDP.

4. Rise in External Debt: India‘s external debt increased from Rs. 194.70 Cr.
in 1980-81 to Rs. 459.61 Cr. in 1985-86. It went up to Rs. 1,003.76 Cr. in 1989-
90.

5. Iraq-Kuwait War: Iraq invaded Kuwait in 1990 as a result crude oil rose
from 15 USD per barrel in July 1990 to USD 35 per barrel in October 1990. As
a result the oil import bill increased by about 60% in 1990-91.
As a result of all these factors and others, economic condition of
India deteriorated to such an extent that Foreign exchange Reserves decreased
from a level of U.S $ 3.11 billion in August 1990 to $ 896 million in January 1991.

NEW ECONOMIC POLICY

The year 1991 proved to be a disaster for the Indian economy.
Devaluation of currency further deteriorated the condition of economy. To prevent
the economy from collapse, Indian government approached IMF and IBRD (now
World Bank) for bailout package. Both international financial agencies agreed to
help with the conditions. To get the bailout deal Indian government pledged
20tonsof gold to Union Bank of Switzerland and 47 tones to the Bank of England.
The then Prime Minister P.V. Narasimha Rao along with Finance Minister Dr.
Manmohan Singhpresented a union budget in Parliament announcing adoption of

111
New Economic Policy with Liberalisation, Privatisation and Globalisation at its
core. This policy is also famously known as LPG Policy.

Objectives of LPG Policy

New economic policy or LPG policy has following objectives:
1. To bring the economy back on the right track.
2. To reduce Balance of Payment crisis.
3. To reduce Inflation rate.
4. To bring foreign capital into economy.
5. To create favorable environment for the foreign as well as domestic investors.
6. To promote Private sector businesses.
7. To reduce unnecessary legal compliances for incorporation of businesses.
8. To improve the global image of country.
9. To bring new and latest technology.
10.To increase the employment opportunities.
11.To permit the international flow of goods, services, capital, human resources
and technology, without many restrictions.

Liberalisation
Liberalisation refers to the slackening of government
regulations.Liberalisation means elimination of government control on economic
activities. It means to provide autonomy to the business enterprises in decision
making and to reduce government interference. Prior to 1991, Government had
imposed number of controls on Indian economy, like, import license, foreign
exchange control, industrial licensing system, etc. period prior to 1991 is famously
known as License Raj period. There were lot of restrictions in the entry of Private
corporate players. These controls and restrictions bankrupted the system.

112
Liberalisation was a bold move to bring confidence to the private corporates by
providing business friendly ecosystem to them.

Steps taken under Liberalisation:

1. Abolition of Restrictive Trade Practices: Prior to Liberalisation, as per
provisions of Monopolistic Trade Practices Act (MRTP) all the companies
having assets worth more than Rs.100 cr. used to be declared as MRTP firms
and henceforth they were subject to several restrictions. But after 1991 or after
Liberalisation these restrictions are lifted, now corporates need not to be
declared as MRTP firms. They are now free to expand themselves. Capital
investing limit has been also removed.

2. Removal of Industrial Licensing and Registration: Previously private

sector had to obtain license from Govt. for starting a new venture. In this policy
private sector has been freed from licensing and other restrictions. Now
licensing is only required for Alcoholic Products, Tobacco Products, Defence
equipments, Hazardous Chemicals and Industrial Explosives.

3. Increase in the Investment Limit of Small Industries: Investment

limit of Small Scale Industries has been increased to Rs 10 cr., thus enabling
them to expand their capabilities and operations.

4. Freedom for expansion and production to Industries: Prior to 1991,

Government used to fix the Production limit for the industries, but after
Liberalisation, Industries are free to decide their production limit and expand
their production as much as they want as per the market demand.

5. Liberalisation of Exports and Imports: Export and Import policy have

been liberalised. There is no quantitative restriction on import of goods, as a
result Import of Capital Goods, Raw Material and Technology become very
easy. Provisons regarding Import Quota, Import licenses, and Import permits
have been simplified. In simple words, Import and Export provisions are
simplified.
6. Freedom to import capital goods: Indian industries after liberalisation
are free to import capital goods for increasing their productivity.
7. Free determination of interest rate by the commercial Banks: Earlier, RBI
dictated the Interest rates to commercial banks, but after liberalization
Commercial banks are independent to fix rate of interest.

113
8. Liberalisation of Taxation Policy: Earlier, Tax rates were very high,
whether Income tax, Excise or Custom duty. After Liberalisation peak Personal
Income Tax rates were reduced, peak Custom Duty rates were reduced, Excise
duty and complex Indirect tax rates are reduced and simplified.

Impacts of Liberalisataion:
1. Positive Impacts:
A. Increase in Foreign Exchange Reserve: After Liberalisation Forex
Reserves have increased many folds. On 4th June, 2021 India‘s Foreign
Exchange Reserves were 605.01 billion U.S. dollars.
B. Increase in Industrial Production: Industrial production also
increased because of removal/amendment of Licensing, MRTP Actand
Companies Act. It is evident from the fact that Share of registered
manufacturing in industrial GDP increased from 38.6 per cent in 1990-91 to
41.5 per cent in 2001-02. Due to Liberalisation many foreign companies
have also set up industries in India.
C. Increase in Foreign Investment: Foreign Direct Investment also
increased Post Liberalisation period. It is evident from the provided data.

Year Inflows,U.S $
1989 $0.25B
1990 $0.24B
1991 $0.7B
1992 $0.28B
1993 $0.55B
1994 $0.97B
1995 $2.14B
1996 $2.43B
1997 $3.58B

D. Reduction of Inflation Rate: After 1991,i.e, after Liberalisation,

Inflation rate has also seen a downward trend, It is evident from the data
provided below:
Year Inflation Rate (%)

114
 1991 13.87
1992 11.79
1993 6.33

E. Stock Market Performance: Stock market performance also improved

after liberalization because of entry of Multi National Companies.
2. Negative Impacts:
A. Technological Impact: After Liberalisation, Lot‘s of New Industries
evolved with the Installation and usage of new and advanced technology.
Those who adapted, survived and those who remained idle, perished.
B. Dominance of Private sector: It is well known fact that, after
liberalization, Private Industries growth rate increased, whereas Public
sector shrinked. Social welfare, which is main objective of Public
enterprises, had taken a back seat because of that.
C. Less Government Control: Control of Government also reduced
because of Liberalisation, Previously Government had a control because of
Licensing, but after Liberalisation Government Control reduced.
D. Increase of Unemployment: Because of Liberalization, Capital
Intensive technique has been promoted, as a result a labour intensive country
like India, suffered a lot in the form of Unemployment.
E. Increase in Regional Imbalances: Private sector units and foreign
enterprises have shown no interest in setting industries in backward areas.
They only establish their enterprises in already developed areas, where they
can get all the required resources, as a result underdeveloped areas remained
as such and thus promoted the increase of regional imbalances.

Privatization
Privatization is the transfer of control of ownership of economic
resources from the public sector to the private sector.The idea of PSUs was
conceptualised at a time when, India hardly had any industrial infrastructure to talk
about and it could not have been left to the domestic private sector or foreign
companies to provide it.
The public sector had been experiencing various problems, since
planning, such as low efficiency and profitability, increasing losses, excessive
political interference, lack of autonomy, labour problems and delays in completion
of project. Consequently in 1991 under New Economic Policy, Privatization was

115
introduced. In Privatization the Ownership, Control and management transferred
from Government to Private entrepreneurs.
Privatization is also termed as Disinvestment, it is the process in
which Government sell the shares of Government enterprises to the Private
entrepreneurs.

Steps taken under Privatization:

1. Contraction of Public Sector: Before New Economic Policy, number of
Industries reserved for Public sector was17, after 1991, number of industries
reserved for Public sector lowered to 2. Only Atomic Energy and Railways are
the remaining Public sector enterprises. Trend of Privatization has increased too
much in recent days. Major sectors like Telecommunication, Education, Heavy
Industries, aviation, etc are also Privatised.
2. National Renewal Fund: This fund was created on account of
Privatization. All the Public sector employees seeking Voluntary Retirement or
Retrenched are provided assistance out of this fund. Upto March 2019, 6.28
lakh employees had taken voluntary retirement from public sector units.
3. Increase in Private sector Investment Plan: Government has increased
share of Private sector total investment. Share of Private investment has been
increased to 42% in 5th five year plan to 78.1% in 11th plan.
4. Ministry of Disinvestment: In 1996, the Government of India set up a
Disinvestment Commission under the Ministry of Industries. On 10 December
1999, the commission was dissolved and all the decisions on disinvestments in
India were taken by a separate Department of Disinvestments that was formed
under the Ministry of Finance.
5. List of Companies Divested in India: Some of the companies which
witnessed a strategic sale included:
 BHARAT ALUMINIUM CO.LTD.
 HINDUSTAN ZINC LTD,
 HOTEL CORP.OF INDIA LTD. (3 PROPERTIES: CENTAUR
HOTEL,JUHU BEACH, CENTAUR HOTEL AIRPORT,MUMBAI &
INDO HOKKE HOTELS LTD.,RAJGIR),
 INDIA TOURISM DEVELOPMENT CORP.LTD.(18 HOTEL
PROPERTIES)
 INDIAN PETROCHEMICALS CORP.LTD.
 MARUTI SUZUKI INDIA LTD.

116
  MODERN FOOD INDUSTRIES (INDIA) LTD.
 TATA COMMUNICATIONS LTD.

Impacts of Privatization:
1. Positive Impacts:

A. Increase in Competition: It is a well known fact that competition

improves performance. With the growth of private sector, competition
among private and public sector increases, as a result, customers are
benefitted in the form of better quality product in lower prices.
B. Reduction in Sick Units: Prior to New Industrial Policy, Sick units
among Public sector were large in number. After 1991, sick units reduced
because of better management and working of Private sector.
C. Reduction in Burden on Government: Government was responsible
for looking after the economic affairs of the country alone. It was
government, who was building factories along with canals and roads. As a
result, limited economic resources available with government were over-
utilized. But after Privatization, Burden on the government for economic
development reduced because of partnership of private sector and also by
selling the loss making PSU‘s to the private sector. Example- Selling of Air
India to Tata group.
D. Reduction in Political Interference: Single Window Clearance, Less
Paper work is in fashion now a day. Delays in getting clearance from
government are the concepts of the past. Because of Privatisation,
government came to know about the importance of Time management and
as a result Political Interference reduced to a great extent in taking Industrial
Decisions.
E. Reduction in Loss of Public Sector Units: After 1991, Loss making
PSU‘s are either sold or they start generating profits. This way Privatisation
helps in improving the profitability of public sector units.

2. Negative Impacts:

A. Increase in Regional Imbalances: Private sector hesitates to setup

industries in less developed areas, where basic facilities like transportation,
electricity, warehousing, etc are not that much good. Instead they prefer to

117
 establish their industries in relatively affordable and convenient places. It
has led to regional imbalances.

B. Profit Motive: Main goal of private sector is to increase profits.

Entrepreneurs are more inclined to produce those goods that cater to luxuries
and comforts. Needs of weaker sections of society are ignored.
C. Increase in Unemployment: Employees who were working in PSU‘s
which are privatised may be retrenched. Also, private sector in order to
reduce cost of labour employs high end sophisticated technology. Such
technology replaces workers, thus, increasing unemployment.
D. Class Struggle: There is no place for Trade Unionism in private sector, as
a result, if any dispute arises among laborers and management, then workers
voice could be silenced. So, chances of class struggle increases.
E. Ignores Enterprises of National Importance: Private sector only
works for profit maximization. As a result, they ignore enterprises of
national importance, because these enterprises are lesser profitable.
F. Ignores Social Welfare: Private sector only works for maximizing
profits, thus ignores objective of social welfare.
G. Lack of Transparency: There is lack of transparency in private sector
and stakeholders do not get the complete information about the functionality
of the enterprise.
H. Ignores large Investment Enterprises: Enterprises requiring large
investment like Railways are usually ignored by private sector. Not only
initial investment but also the maintenance cost of these enterprises is high.
But it is also not to be ignored that these enterprises are of national
importance. Private sector usually ignores investment in these kinds of
ventures.

Globalization
The term globalization refers to the integration of the economy of the
nation with the world economy. It includes the creation of networks and pursuits
transforming social, economical, and geographical barriers. Globalisation means
that the world is becoming interconnected by trade and culture exchange.The
biggest companies are no longer national firms but multinational corporations with
subsidiaries in many countries. It is the process of interaction and integration
among people, companies, and governments worldwide. It includesopening up of
markets to foreign players and vice versa

118
 India is one of the countries that succeeded significantly after the
initiation and implementation of globalisation. The introduction of globalisation
changed Indian society drastically.
Because of globalisation, it is now feasible for the foreign companies to start a
business in India and also Indian companies are now able to sell their products and
services in the foreign markets.
Prior to 1991, Indian economy was a closed economy, if any foreign
company wanted to sell its product or services in India, then because of high rate
of customs and other taxes, the rate of foreign products increased many folds,
consequently demand for their products were limited.
After 1991, things changed. Indian markets are now flushed with
foreign products. Those products, which were termed as ‗Imported‘ before 1991,
now are local, thanks to the Globalization.

Steps taken under Globalization:

1. Liberal Foreign Trade Policy: After 1991, India adopted liberal foreign
trade policy. Under it tariffs and custom duties imposed on imports and exports
are reduced. As result, prices of foreign products are reduced, thus encouraging
open competition. Administrative controls are also minimized.

2. Increase in FDI Limit: Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) limit also

increased to woo foreign investment. Following table will show the percentage
of foreign direct investment allowed in different sector of Indian economy:
S.No Sector Automatic Route
1. Airports 100%
2. Auto components 100%
3. Automobiles 100%
4. Capital Goods 100%
5. Chemicals 100%
6. Construction of Hospitals 100%

7. E-commerce activities 100%

8. Electronic System 100%
9. Food Processing 100%
10. Insurance 100%
11. Telecom Services 100%

119
 Under the Automatic Route, the non-resident investor or the Indian
company does not require any approval from Government of India for the
investment.
Under the Government Route, prior to investment, approval from the
Government of India is required. Proposals for foreign direct investment under
Government route are considered by respective Administrative Ministry/
Department.

Devaluation of Indian Currency: In July of 1991 the Indian government

devalued the rupee by between 18 and 19 percent. India has followed a managed
floating exchange rate system. Under the current managed floating system, the
exchange rate is determined ostensibly by market forces. Prior to 1991, Exchange
rate was determined by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI). Devaluation resulted in
Export promotion.

3. Freedom to Repatriate: Prior to 1991, foreign investors could not take

their income on foreign investment back to their country without the prior
approval of Reserve Bank of India (RBI). RBI allowed this repatriation on very
restrictive basis. This provision resulted in constraint in the free flow of foreign
investment in India. But after 1991, foreign investors are free to repatriate their
investment as well as income on investment.

Impacts of Globalization:
1. Positive Impacts:
A. Increase in Foreign Trade: India‘s share in foreign trade increased
after adopting globalization.

Year India‟s Percentage Share in World Trade

1990-91 0.53
1995-96 0.60
2010-11 1.96
2014-15 2.28
2019-20 2.40

120
It is clear from the above table that since 1991, share of India in the World Trade
has increased.

B. Increase in Foreign Exchange Reserves: In 1991, foreign exchange

reserves of India amounted to Rs.4, 388 cr. which on 4th June, 2021
increased to Rs.44, 17,018 cr.

C. Growth of Exports: Exports of India also increased after 1991.

Period Percentage
1980-81 to 1991-92 7.4
1992-93 to 1999-00 10.1

D. Increase in Foreign Direct Investment: In 1991-92 Foreign Direct

Investment (FDI) in India was 155 million US$, which increased up to 2155
million US$ in 1999-2000.
E. Technological Development: Globalization has enabled the inflow of
latest foreign technology. As a result, technological backwardness of Indian
industries reduces.
F. Improvement in Standard of Living: After 1991, lot of foreign
companies entered into Indian market, selling a distributing different
products and services, catering to the demand of population. Thus,
improving the standard of living of population.

G. Increase in Per Capita Income: India's per capita income swelled to

$1,709.60 by 2016, latest data available with World Bank showed. This was
5.6 times the $300.10 per capita India had in 1991.

H. Increase in Domestic savings: According to World Bank data, India‘s

domestic savings as a percentage of GDP stood at 24.3 per cent in 1991,
which moved up to as high as 38.3 per cent in 2007.

I. Reduction in Brain Drain: Because of New Industrial Policy and with

the Globalisation, lot of Multi National Companies (MNC) have set up their
business in India. These MNC‘s are providing better salary packages to the
deserving job seekers. As a result, very less qualified citizens of country are
leaving India.

121
2. Negative Impacts:
A. Exploits cheaper labor markets: Globalization allows businesses to
increase jobs and economic opportunities in developing countries, where
the cost of labor is often cheaper. Big cooperates are always in search of
cheap labour markets, to exploits them. Various corporates in the name of
globalisation are just opening Business Processes Outsourcing (B.P.O)
branches in India, thus exploiting Indian working class.

B. Loss to Domestic Industries:As a result of globalisation, lots of

foreign companies entered into Indian market for performing commercial
activities. These foreign companies have huge funds, better technology,
quality and cheaper products in comparison to domestic companies. As a
result those domestic companies, who were not able to compete with them
are either closed or Taken over by foreign companies.

C. Unbalanced regional development: Multi National Corporations

(MNC) are profit making enterprises, they established their industries in
those areas of country, where there is availability of basic infrastructure,
like Maharashtra, Gujarat, Haryana, etc. in comparison to those areas
where development is not that much.

D. Demonstration effect: With the easy availability of foreign goods,

people start accumulating unnecessary things in order to just demonstrate
their earning and income. As a result, habit of saving decreases.

Conclusion
In the end, it is to be concluded that adopting Liberalisation,
Privatisation and Globalisation (LPG) policy was a good move to revive Indian
economy. Era of nationalization and extreme control through licensing was not
working at all for Indian economy. No doubt, that some countries performed better
by following closed economic system, but Indian economy struggled to maintain
pace with global emerging economies of the world.

LPG opened the close gates of Indian economy as well as removed

the shackles of rigid control of the Government. Indian economy, because of LPG
is growing at a faster pace, evident from the figures of Gross Domestic

122
 Productivity (GDP). Today India is one of the fastest growing
economies of the world, thanks to LPG. There are also some limitations of this
policy, but flowers always come with thorns.

References
1. 1991 Indian economic Crisis. (2021, December 07).Reasons of economic
crisis in India.
https://www.en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/1991Indianeconomiccrisis
2. India before 1991. (2021, December 07).Condition of Indian economy
before new economic policy.
https://www.indiabefore91.in/1991-crisis
3. Liberalisation in India. (2021, December 09). Liberalisation and objectives
of liberalisation.
https://www.en-m-wikipedia.org/wiki/economicliberalisation_in_india.
4. Industrial growth. (2021, December 09). Foreign investments post 1991
period.
https://www.rbi.org.in/scripts/publicationreportdetails.aspx
5. Foreign Direct Investment. (2021, December 09). FDI data of different
period.
https://www.macrotrends.net/countries/ini/indiaForeign-direct-investment.
6. Inflation rate.(2021, December 13). Rate of inflation of different years.
https://www.macrotrends.net/countries/IND/india/Inflation-rate-cpi.
7. Trehan, Mukesh. & Trehan, Ranju. (2020-21).Indian Economy. Economic
Survey. New Delhi: VK Publishers.

123
 Liberalization, Privatization
and
Globalization – A Need in India

Mrs. Shivani Dutt

Asstt. Professor
Management Department,
MPhil – Management, NET and JRF, MBA, BBA
Shoolini Institute of life Sciences and Business Management,
The Mall Solan, H.P.

Abstract:
The policy of Liberalization, Privatization and Globalization (LPG)
has been amongst most likely transformation made in the history of Indian
economic progress. Government of India along with supreme guidance of RBI had
taken control of the economic crisis of 1991 very effectively and efficiently. LPG
has widened the economic horizons of the country in terms of trade. There were
many challenges which the economy faced before economic reforms of 1991. This
chapter puts a brief light on the historic events which led to the emergence of 1991
crisis -Fading Fiscal Situation, Fiscal deficit converting into Current Account
Deficit, Widening Current Account Deficit, Overvaluation of Rupee, Political
Uncertainty at home, Break up of Soviet Union, The Gulf War etc., then reforms
and at last leading to LPG approach on economic front in India.

Key words: GDP- Gross Domestic Product, BOP – Balance of Payment, MRTP-
The Monopolies & Restrictive Trade Practices, REER -Real Effective Exchange
Rate, SDR – Special Drawing Rights, LPG - Liberalization, Privatization and
Globalization, RBI - Reserve Bank of India.

124
Introduction:
India since its independence was facing the challenge of achieving
reasonable economic development. Pre-independence India had enough of
economic resources but during its colonization by British all its resources were
plundered and exploited because of which after attaining independence India had
to struggle for gathering ample resources required for much needed economic
development. After independence Indian economic policy focused on attaining
rapid growth by formulating five-year plan. Huge investments were made in public
sector as it was owned by government and it had responsibility of uplifting India in
all major areas like steel, railways, industries, financial institutions, banks, service
sectors etc. Despite of huge investments the returns were not satisfactory; the
capital output ratio was quite poor. Many reasons had contributed to the cause like
lack of competition, inadequate motivation amongst employees, corruption, unfair
selection of employees etc. The five-year plans were falling low of its targets.
From 1947 till 1990 all the problems had piled up and had come up to a verge
where situation was about to turn undesirable for economy. During 1991 India
faced economic crisis which had emerged out uncertainties arising at home and
economic challenges worldwide.

Reasons for emergence of Economic Crisis

1. Fading Fiscal Situation

Since 1979, India was bearing with oil shocks, agricultural
subsidies and consumption driven growth which contributed in increasing
fiscal deficit, in mid of 1980‘s defense expenditure also increased and direct
taxes were reduced because of which the fiscal deficit as a percentage of
GDP increased to 9.4 percent in 1990-91 against the average of 6.3 percent
in 1980.

2. Fiscal deficit converting into Current Account Deficit

Fiscal deficits affected the current account deficit as there were
gaps between aggregate demand and supply in external sector, the gap had to
be filled either by using the reserves or increasing the debts. The fiscal
deficit was catered by large expansion in net Reserve Bank credit to the
central government against the issue of Ad hoc Treasury Bills which
affected the current account deficits.

125
3. Widening Current Account Deficit
India faced another two problems on external front which were
about to widen the current account deficit. First, Iraq and Kuwait war in
1990 resulted into unexpected shift in oil prices. The Petroleum import bill
in 1990 increased over 50 percent to US $6.0 billion. Secondly, the
economic growth in export became retarded because of falling demand in
US and Soviet Union. World growth declined from 4.5 percent in 1988 to
2.2 percent in 1991.

4. Overvaluation of Rupee
Between October 1990 and March 1991, the REER (Real
Effective Exchange Rate) of rupee increased by 2.0 percent

5. Political Uncertainty at home

Country faced political instability during the same period,
government formed in the elections of November 1989 fell by November
1990. New government also faced stability issues and scheduled budget
couldn‘t be passed. Amid BOP crisis for two years Indian economy had
three times unstable government at the centre.

6. Break up of Soviet Union

India had favourable trade relations USSR. It had major
contribution in exports and imports. USSR not only settled payment under
RPA (Rupee Payment Agreement) but also had maximum trade turnover
with India. Moreover, India had surplus trade balance with USSR during
1980‘s. The trade surplus in favour of India increased from rupee 212 crore
in 1980-81 to rupee 2425 crore in 1989 -90 and later to rupee 2714 crore in
1990-91. USSR got divided in December 1991 because of its domestic
political instability and it adversely affected Indian Foreign returns.

7. The Gulf War

War between Iraq and Kuwait raised concerns for entire world
as both the countries as both had huge oil resources for which almost all the
countries around the world were dependent for importing crude oil,
lubricants and oil. India also got unfavorably affected by the invasion of
Kuwait by Iraq on 2 Aug 1990. Import bill of petroleum, oil and lubricants
increased and prices of oil increased sharply after Kuwait was occupied by
Iraq. Table no.1 shows that POL (Petrol, oil and Lubricants) imports where
major contributors in BOP during 1990-91.

126
 Table no. 1

8. Returning of Indian National from Iraq

During 1982 to 1986 Iraq and Kuwait were having 12 percent of
annual labour outflow from India. War affected the labour migrants
adversely and they remitted. The loss in private remittance from Kuwait and
Iraq were US$ 273.0 million (Rupee 490 crore) during 1990-91

9. Loss of confidence Abroad

The current account deficits were growing and losses in reserves
were contributed to low investor confidence globally. This was intensified
by the low credit rating by credit rating agencies for India. By March 1991,
the International Credit Rating Agencies had downgraded India‘s long term
foreign debt rating to the lowest of investment grade. Due to the loss of
investors‘ confidence, commercial bank financing turned difficult.

10. Surge in Inflationary Pressure

High fiscal and current account deficits accumulating from 1980
added to balance of payment difficulties during 1990-91.Between end-
March 1991 and end-March 1992, the Indian rupee depreciated by nearly 37
per cent. The limited openness of the Indian economy added to inflationary
pressures. The exchange rate depreciated by more than 11 per cent per
annum during the first half of the 1990s, which were almost twice of second
half of the 1980s.Hikes in procurement prices as well as supply-demand
imbalances in essential commodities like pulses, oilseeds and edibles oils

127
 further added to inflation. A part of the hike in procurement prices was
intentional so as to restore the terms of trade for agriculture. Primary articles
inflation accelerated to 18.1 per cent in 1991-92 from 13.0 per cent a year
back. Extremely low foreign exchange reserves - foreign currency assets at
US $ 2.2 billion at end-March 1991.

11.Critical Balance of Payment Situation

India was facing unfavourable BOP situation which is quite
evident from table no.2 in year 1989-90 trade balance was negative and
rather it increased in 1990-91. Foreign exchange reserves were also
declining. The balance of payment had been under considerable pressure
since the beginning of the seventh five-year plan. Foreign exchange reserves
in terms of SDR were also deteriorating. The current account deficit was
running higher.

Table no. 2

All these circumstances build an atmosphere of economic crisis in

early 90‘s which were about to lay down foundation for economic reforms.
128
Numbers of committees were set up during this time to find out root causes of
crisis and desired measures to be taken for making the needed changes in economic
policy and draw country out of falling situation on economic front. Committees
came up with their keen observation and recommendations which laid sound basis
for economic reforms in 1991.

Government intervention – Reforms 1991

Government took major policy initiatives to support the economic
condition of country and restructured the system to match up the pace of growing
economy.

Fiscal Reforms: A key element in the stabilization effort was to restore fiscal
discipline. The data reveals that fiscal deficit during 1990-91 was as large as 8.4
percent of GDP. The budget for 1991-92 took a bold step in the direction of
correcting fiscal imbalance. It envisaged a reduction in fiscal deficit by nearly two
percentage points of GDP from 8.4 percent in 1990-91 to 6.5 percent in 1991-92.

Some of the important policy initiatives introduced in the budget for

the year 1991-92 for correcting the fiscal imbalance were: reduction in fertilizer
subsidy, abolition of subsidy on sugar, disinvestment of a part of the government‘s
equity holdings in select public sector undertakings. Further recommendations
aimed to raise revenue through better compliance in case of income tax and excise
and customs duties, and make the tax structure stable and transparent.

Monetary and Financial Sector Reforms:

The new policy tried in many ways to make the banking system more
efficient. Some of the measures undertaken were:

There was reduction in statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) and the cash
reserve ratio (CRR) in line with the recommendations of the Narasimha Committee
Report, 1991. In mid-1991, SLR and CRR were high. It was proposed to cut down
the SLR from 38.5 percent to 25 percent within a time span of three years.
Similarly, it was proposed that the CRR be brought down to 10 percent (from the
earlier 25 percent) over a period of four years

Interest Rate Liberalization was initiated, earlier RBI controlled the

rates payable on deposits of different maturities and also the rates which could be
charged for bank loans which varied according to the sector of use and also the size
of the loan. Interest rates on time deposits were decontrolled in a sequence of steps
beginning with longer term deposits, and liberalization was progressively extended
129
to deposits of shorter maturity Greater competition among public sector, private
sector and foreign banks and elimination of administrative constraints

Liberalization of bank branch licensing policy in order to rationalize

the existing branch network. Banks were given freedom to relocate branches and
open specialized branches. Guidelines for opening new private sector banks. New
accounting norms regarding classification of assets and provisions of bad debt
were introduced in tune with the Narasimha Committee Report

Reforms in Capital Markets: Recommendations of the Narasimha

Committee were initiated in order to reform capital markets, aimed at removing
direct government control and replacing it with a regulatory framework based on
transparency and disclosure supervised by an independent regulator. The Securities
& Exchange Board of India (SEBI) which was set up in 1988 was given statutory
recognition in 1992 on the basis of recommendations of the Narasimha Committee.
SEBI has been mandated to create an environment which would facilitate
mobilization of adequate resources through the securities market and its efficient
allocation.

Industrial Policy Reforms: To provide greater competitive incentive to the

domestic industry, a series of reforms were introduced in the Industrial Policy. The
government announced a New Industrial Policy on 24 July 1991. The New
Industrial Policy established in 1991 sought substantially to deregulate industry so
as to promote growth of a more efficient and competitive industrial economy. The
central elements of industrial policy reforms were as follows:

Industrial licensing was abolished for all projects except in 18

industries. With this, 80 percent of the industry was taken out of the licensing
framework. The Monopolies & Restrictive Trade Practices (MRTP) Act was
repealed to eliminate the need for prior approval by large companies for capacity
expansion or diversification.

Areas reserved for the public sector were narrowed down and greater
participation by private sector was permitted in core and basic industries. The new
policy reduced the number of areas reserved from 17 to 8. Only few areas were left
for purely public sector.

The policy encouraged disinvestment of government holdings of equity share

capital of public sector enterprises.

130
 The public sector units were provided greater autonomy and
professional management that could be helpful for generating reasonable profits,
through an MOU(Memorandum of Understanding) between the enterprise and the
concerned Ministry, through which targets that the enterprise had to achieve were
set up

Trade Policy Reforms: New initiatives were taken in trade policy to create an
environment which would provide an impetus to export while at the same time
reducing the degree of regulation and licensing control on foreign trade.

The main feature of the new trade policy as it has evolved over the
years since 1991 are as follows: Freer imports and exports: Prior to 1991, in India
imports were regulated by means of a positive list of freely importable items. From
1992, imports were regulated by a limited negative list. For instance, the trade
policy of 1 April 1992, freed imports of almost all intermediate and capital goods.
Only 71 items remained restricted.

As a first step towards a gradual reduction in the tariffs, the 1991-92

budget had reduced the peak rate of import duty from more than 300 percent to 150
percent. The process of dropping the customs tariffs was carried further in
successive budgets.

The 1991 policy allowed export houses and trading houses to import
a wide range of items. The Government also permitted the setting up of trading
houses with 51 percent foreign equity for the purpose of promoting exports. For
instance, under the 1992-97 trade policy, export houses and trading houses were
provided the benefit of self-certification under the advance license system, which
permits duty free imports for exports.

Promoting Foreign Investment: The government took several measures to

promote foreign investment in India in the post-reform period. Some of the
important measures are:

In 1991, the government announced a specified list of high

technology and high-investment priority industries wherein automatic permission
was granted for foreign direct investment (FDI) up to 51 percent foreign equity.
The limit was raised to 74 percent and subsequently to 100 percent for many of
these industries. Moreover, many new industries have been added to the list over
the years.

131
 Foreign Investment Promotion Board (FIPB) has been set up to
negotiate with international firms and approve direct foreign investment in select
areas. Promotion of foreign institutional investment (FII) in India was supported
from time to time.

Rationalization of Exchange Rate Policy:

One of the important measures undertaken to improve the balance of
payments situation was the devaluation of rupee. In the very first week of July
1991, the rupee was devalued by around 20 percent. The purpose was to bridge the
gap between the real and the nominal exchange rates that had emerged on account
of rising inflation and thereby to make the exports competitive.
These were the basic reforms which took place after 1991 and
introduced the era of LPG, Liberalization- referring to the process of making
policies less constraining of economic activity and also reduction of tariff or
removal of non-tariff barriers. Privatization- referring to the transfer of ownership
of property or business from a government to a privately owned entity.
Globalization- to the expansion of economic activities across political boundaries
of nation states. The slow growth and stagnation in these sectors were demanding
quick and drastic change, introduction up of LPG model of Indian Economy in
1991 has given a strong base for facing upcoming challenges of becoming a
developed economy in near future.

Outcome of the LPG reforms

Positive outcomes
India‟s GDP growth rate increased. During 1990-91 India‘s GDP growth
rate was only 1.1% but after 1991 reforms GDP growth rate increased year by year
and in 2015-16 it was estimated to be 7.5% by IMF. Since 1991, India has firmly
established itself as a lucrative foreign investment destination and FDI equity
inflows in India in 2019-20 (till August) stood at US$ 19.33 billion. In 1991 the
unemployment rate was high but after India adopted new LPG policy more
employment got generated as new foreign companies came to India and due to
liberalization, many new entrepreneurs started companies. Per Capita income
increased due to an increase in employment. Exports have increased and stood at
USD 26.38 billion as of October, 2019.

132
Negative outcomes
In 1991, agriculture provided employment to 72 percent of the
population and contributed 29.02 percent of the GDP. Now the share of agriculture
in the GDP has gone down drastically to 18 percent. This has resulted in a
lowering the per capita income of the farmers and increasing the rural
indebtedness. Due to opening up of the Indian economy to foreign
competition, more MNCs are competing local businesses and companies which are
facing problems due to financial constraints, lack of advanced technology and
production inefficiencies. Globalization has also contributed to the destruction of
the environment through pollution by emissions from manufacturing plants and
clearing of vegetation cover. It further affects the health of people policies have led
to widening income gaps within the country. The higher growth rate is achieved by
an economy at the expense of declining incomes of people who may be rendered
redundant.

Conclusion
The policy of Liberalization, Privatization and Globalization (LPG)
has been amongst most likely transformation made in the history of Indian
economic progress. Struggling from a colonial economy to the race of developing
economy, Government of India along with supreme guidance of RBI had taken
control of the economic crisis of 1991 very effectively and efficiently. LPG has
widened the economic horizons of the country in terms of trade. There were many
challenges which the economy faced before economic reforms of 1991- Fading
Fiscal Situation, Fiscal deficit converting into Current Account Deficit, Widening
Current Account Deficit, Overvaluation of Rupee, Political Uncertainty at home,
break up of Soviet Union, The Gulf War, inflationary pressure, critical BOPetc., A
number of reforms were initiated to match up the expectations of falling situation
which at last led to LPG of Indian economy turning it toan open economy. LPG
had resulted in to positive and negative outcomes yet it was much needed and
wisely adopted policy.

References

1. statement of Industrial Policy,

https://dpiit.gov.in/sites/default/files/IndustrialPolicyStatement_1991_
15July2019.pdf

133
2. Mohan Rakesh, A Decade After 1991: New Challenges Facing the
Indian Economy Date: Nov 14, 2002
https://www.rbi.org.in/scripts/BS_ViewBulletin.aspx?Id=3985
3. https://rbidocs.rbi.org.in/rdocs/content/PDFs/Chapter11_04122018.pd
f
4. https://rbidocs.rbi.org.in/rdocs/content/PDFs/Chapter12_04122018.pd
f
5. RBI history Volume -IVhttps://www.rbi.org.in/scripts/RHvol-4.aspx
6. https://www.indiabudget.gov.in/budget_archive/es199091/1%20The%
20Economic%20Situation%20in%201990-91.pdf
7. https://rbidocs.rbi.org.in/rdocs/Bulletin/PDFs/9319.pdf
8. RBI report, Monetary Policy and Inflation (Part 2 of 2)
https://www.rbi.org.in/scripts/PublicationReportDetails.aspx?ID=412
9. https://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/wp/2004/wp0443.pdf

134
 Need and Impacts of LPG Policy
on
Republic of India

Pooja Devi1 Nem Raj2

1
Assistant Professor, Department of Commerce, Pandit Sant Ram Govt. Degree
College, Baijnath, Kangra (H.P.)
2
Assistant Professor, Department of Geography, Shaheed Captain Vikram Batra
Govt. Degree College, Palampur, Kangra (H.P.)

Introduction
In early 1990sIndian economy has faced huge economic crises. This
time is considered to be as transformation era, as it was going to change
significantly. After independence from colonial subjugation, it was not possible to
open up economy completely to world exposure. So major sectors were kept under
government control. There were stringent regulations for opening up of new
industries, size of industries, foreign exchange, foreign investment and export and
import etc. To ensure industrial development India has implemented five industrial
policiesi.e.,1948, 1956, 1977,1980,1991 and twelve five-yearplans. This all has
been done after recognizing Indian economic conditions (K. G. Krishna). Because
of stringent checks on industries and foreign investment, India faced severe foreign
exchange crunches. It has to pledge 20 tons of gold to Union bank of Switzerland
and 47 tons to Bank of England as bailout deal with International Monetary Fund.
In addition to it, IMF wished India to introduce series of structural reforms
(Sanket, 2014). This leads to reimagine a well-structured economic policy which
suits economic environment of then India.

New Economic Policy was introduced on July 24 1991 under the

leadership of P.V Narsimha Rao. Former Prime minister Dr. Manmohan Singh was
considered to be the father of New Economic Policy. Here for first time Indian
economy was opened up for world exposure. Regulations for domestic industries
were eased. Rules for foreign investment were relaxed. All these reforms
collectively were known as ―Liberalization, Privatization and Globalization‖. This
policy ends up license Raj, reduce tariff, eased norms for foreign direct investment
and opens the door for private investment in many sectors which were previously
available to government sector.

135
Objective of Study:
The present study mainly intends to examine the following two-fold
objectives:

1. To understand the economic reforms under New Economic Policy.

2. To measure the impact of policy on Gross Domestic Product and Per capita
income.

Methodology
Descriptive research method has been used to understand the impact
of Liberalization, Privatization and Globalization on India. Mainly secondary
sources of data have been utilized for the present study. Data have been collected
from websites, research papers, magazines, books and internet.

Definition
The New Economic policy of 1991 extensively used the terms
―Liberalization, Privatization and Globalization‖. Definitions of the same are as
understated:

Liberalization
The word liberalization means the act of allowing more freedom. It
has implemented in same essence as per economic reforms are concerned. Industry
has to face many bureaucratic hurdles and complex procedures.It all results into
demotivating the enthusiasm of entrepreneurs. In liberalization government relaxed
down norms of license policy, reduced tariff barriers to ensure ease in flow of
goods and services.

Objectives of Liberalization
 Relaxation of industrial licensing except
 Scrapping of MRTP Act
 Increase in investment limit of small-scale industries
 Replacing Foreign Exchange Regulation Act with Foreign Exchange
Management Act.
 Liberalization of import and export transactions
 Reforms in taxation policy.

136
Privatization
Previous economic policies of government were socialist in its
nature. They ensure maximum participation of public sector in manufacturing and
service sectors. But in consequence of economic crises government allowed private
sector to invest in public sector enterprises. Government also sale out its holding in
public sector undertaking. Proceeds from disinvestment are invested in
development and public welfare scheme. This process of opening up and selling of
shareholding in public sector undertaking is known as privatization/ disinvestment.

Objectives of Privatization
 Sale of sick or loss-making industry to private sector
 Contracting share of government in public sector undertaking.
 To use receipt from disinvestment in development and public welfare
schemes.
 Public sector industries were reduced from 17 to 2 i.e., Railway operation
and atomic energy.

Globalization
No country in world can live in isolation. Globalization refers to
connecting economy of a country with various economies of world. It implies
transmission of information, ideas, technology, goods, services and investment
across the globe. Aim of globalization is to connect the economy to world with
each other.

Objectives of Globalization
 Increase foreign investment
 To have liberal trade policy
 Export promotion and establishment of special economic zones.
 To attract multinational companies.

Impacts of Liberalization Privatization and Globalization Policy

This policy of liberalization, privatization and globalization helped
Indian economy to come out of crises. Although according to changed economic
environment many industrial policies were also introduced after New economic
policy 1991 but this policy serves as basic fundamental structure for all other
policies. The impacts of the new economic policy can be understood with the help

137
of main economic indicators such as Gross Domestic Product, Per capita income,
rate of foreign direct investment and reduction in employment. The effects of the
liberalization, privatization and globalization policy can be better understood from
the following headings:

Effect on Gross Domestic Product

Gross domestic product is the total value of goods and services
produced in particular time period in a country. It is an indicator used to measure
economic development of any country. In context of India, in year1992gross
domestic product at constant price is estimated to be 541.05 billion USD which
rises to 650.28 billion USD in 1995 and 837.6 billion USD in 2000. Because of
liberalizing economy and relaxing procedural complexity. Further there is an
increase of 1197.83 billion USD in 2005 and 1544.38 billion USD in 2010. Which
shows an increase of 121.39% and 185.44% respectively to 1992 GDP value? In
2015 GDP at constant price is 2125.02 and 2,706.6 billion USD in 2020
respectively.

Gross Domestic Product of India

3500
GDP (in Billion USD)

3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
1994
1990
1991
1992
1993

1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Year

Current Prices Constant Prices

Source: https://www.statisticstime.com
Per Capita Gross Domestic Product
When gross domestic product is divided by mid-year population it is
known as per capita GDP. As it is evident from the chart that GDP per capita is
increased after adopting LPG policy. In 1992 it is 595 USD it is increased to 1040
USD in 2005. This is almost doubled in thirteen years.

138
 Gross Domestic Product per Capita
2500

2000
Per Capita in USD

1500

1000

500

0
1990

2003
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002

2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Year

Current Price Constant Price

Source: https://www.statisticstime.com

Foreign Direct Investment Inflows in India

After adopting liberal economic policy foreign direct investment has
increased with tremendous rate. It is clear from the table that after adopting policy
in 1991-92 there is tremendous growth in FDI which is 205.37% in single year. In
year 1992 FDI inflow is 174 crore rupees it grows to 18,406 crores in year 2000-
01. Same trends are depicted through line charts as well.

Trends in Foreign Direct Investment

Year FDI inflows (Rs. Crores) Annual growth (in %)
1990-91 174 81.60
1991-92 316 81.60
1992-93 965 205.37
1993-94 1838 90.46
1994-95 4126 124.48
1995-96 7172 73.82
1996-97 10015 39.64
1997-98 13220 32.00
1998-99 10358 -21.64
1999-00 9338 -9.84

139
 2000-01 18406 97.10
2001-02 29235 58.83
2002-03 24367 -16.65
2003-04 19860 -18.49
2004-05 26,947 35.68
2005-06 39,457 46.42
2006-07 1,02,652 160.16
2007-08 1,39,421 35.81
2008-09 1,90,645 36.68
2009-10 1,57,819 -17.21
2010-11 1,32,358 -16.13
2011-12 1,54,961 17.07
2012-13 1,46,954 -5.16
2013-14 1,86,830 27.13
2014-15 2,15,893 15.55
2015-16 2,94,258 36.29

Source: Compiled from Factsheet on FDI, RBI for various years.

Increase in Exports:
Liberalization, Privatization and Globalization policy leads to
increase exports. Exports were steadily increased. It also leads to solve balance of
payment problem. It faces fluctuation as well as shown in table. In year 1992-93
percentage increase in export is 3.8%. In 1993-94 it rose 20% after two years same
decreased to 5.3 %. In year 2004-05 30.8% and in 2009-10 (-3.5%), in 2010 -2011
it was percentage change was 40.5% and again in year 2012-13 it was (-5.5%).

140
 Trends in Foreign Direct Investment
350000
300000
FDI Inflows

250000
200000
150000
100000
50000
0

1998-99

2005-06

2012-13
1990-91
1991-92
1992-93
1993-94
1994-95
1995-96
1996-97
1997-98

1999-00
2000-01
2001-02
2002-03
2003-04
2004-05

2006-07
2007-08
2008-09
2009-10
2010-11
2011-12

2013-14
2014-15
2015-16
Year

FDI inflows (Rs.crores)

Export and Imports (US$ Million)

Year Exports Imports Percentage Percentage Trade Exchange

change in change in Balance Rate of Rs.
exports imports Vs US$
1991-92 17865 19411 -1.5 -19.4 -1546 24.474
1992-93 18537 21882 3.8 12.7 -3345 30.649
1993-94 22238 23306 20.0 6.5 -1068 31.366
1994-95 26330 28654 18.4 22.9 -2324 31.399
1995-96 31797 36678 20.8 28.0 -4881 33.449
1996-97 33470 39133 5.3 6.7 -5663 35.499
1997-98 35006 41484 4.6 6.0 -6478 37.165
1998-99 33218 42389 -5.1 2.2 -9171 42.071
1999- 36822 49671 10.8 17.2 -12849 43.333
2000
2000-01 44076 49975 19.7 0.6 -5899 45.684
2001-02 43827 51413 -0.6 2.9 -7587 47.692
2002-03 52719 61412 20.3 19.4 -8693 48.395
2003-04 63843 78149 21.1 27.3 -14307 45.952
2004-05 83536 111517 30.8 42.7 -27981 44.932
2005-06 103091 149166 23.4 33.8 -46075 44.273
2006-07 126414 185735 22.6 24.5 -59321 45.285

141
2007-08 163132 251654 29.0 35.5 -88522 40.261
2008-09 185295 303696 13.6 20.7 -118401 45.993
2009-10 178751 288373 -3.5 -5.0 -109621 47.417
2010-11 251136 369769 40.5 28.2 -118633 45.577
2011-12 304624 489181 21.3 32.3 -184558 47.919
2012-13 214100 361272 -5.5 -0.7 -147172 54.492
Source: https://data.gov.in/catalog/exports-imports-and-trade-balance
Negative Impact of LPG Policy:
New Economic Policy has significantly changed business
environment in India. But there are many negative impacts of policy in term of
foreign competition, environmental issues, disparity in income etc. which are
enumerated as under:

Uneven Growth in Sectors:

Economy of any nation is divided mainly into three sectors i.e.,
agricultural sector, industrial sector and service sector. LPG policy focused on
industrial and service sector only. Service sector get more momentum than
industrial sector. India is an agrarian economy, most of its population resides in
rural areas and earn living from agriculture sector. But in this policy, nothing much
is mentioned about agriculture sector. Difference in growth of all sector also vary
significantly. This fact is evident from the table given below agriculture sector has
negative growth rates in many years such as 1995-96,1997-98,2000-01,2002 -03
and 2008 -09.

Growth Rates at 2004-05 Prices

Industrial Agriculture
Year Service Sector
Sector Sector
1995-96 11.29 -0.98 10.11
1996-97 6.39 10.4 7.53
1997-98 4.01 -2.97 8.93
1998-99 4.15 7.12 8.28
1999-00 5.96 2.41 12.05
2000-01 6.03 -0.61 5.07
2001-02 2.61 6.46 6.61
2002-03 7.21 -8.14 6.74
2003-04 7.32 10.84 7.89

142
2004-05 9.81 0.07 8.28
2005-06 9.72 5.53 10.91
2006-07 12.17 4.13 10.06
2007-08 9.67 6.34 10.27
2008-09 4.44 -0.27 9.98
2009-10 9.16 0.41 10.5
2010-11 7.55 9.54 9.67
2011-12 7.81 5.34 6.57
2012-13 0.96 0.91 6.96
2013-14 0.35 4.93 6.78

Source: Data Tables: Planning Commission, Government of India (niti.gov.in)

Sectoral Development at (2004-05)

15

10
Growth % to GDP

-5

-10
Year

Industrial Sector Agriculture Sector Service Sector

Source: Data Tables: Planning Commission, Government of India (niti.gov.in)

Uneven Regional Development

Industrial development and service sector mainly took place in urban
areas. Which results into unbalanced regional development. It also led to migration
of rural population to urban areas for employment purpose. It also proved as

143
burden on resources in urban areas. It leads to slum and many other problems in
big cities of India.

Effects on Environment
Industrial sector got boost mainly due to the LPG policy.
Globalization and relaxations in export-import regulations attracted multinational
companies to invest in India. Many new industries were setup and existing
industries got boost up. All this results into hazardous release into air and water. It
also contributed towards deforestation. Green cover of India has decreased
significantly, which is very essential for all living animals including human being.

Income disparity
LPG leads to widen the gap between rich and poor. Its benefit is
gained only by big business houses who can take the advantage of technological
advancement and can have better negotiation with foreign investor. Micro and
small industries had not been benefitted from globalization. Either they find it hard
to survive in competition. Agriculture sector also ignored. Hence it can be
concluded that this policy leads to widen the gap between rich and poor.

Increase In Competition
After opening up of Indian economy to world many multinational
companies are attracted towards India. Because of massive market potential. They
are very huge in term of size and use of advance technology. Some multinational
companies are large as economies of developing countries. They have enough
financial resources to invest. All it made our domestic industries hard to face
competition and survive.

Conclusion:
In nutshell, it can be concluded that New Economic Policy had
played pivotal role in development of India. No country can grow in isolation.
Earlier because of stringent regulations Indian economy had faced severe crises.
LPG policy led to industrial development, inflow of foreign investment, flow of
technology, increase in export. In addition to its policy led to growth in Gross
domestic product, per capita income and increase in exports. Although it had
negative impact such as income disparity, uneven sect oral growth and
environmental threat. But it could be concluded that policy is first step towards
India‘s development and an initial step toward self-reliant India.

144
Referances:
1. Kumbar S Malleshappa & Sedam. H Vasudev. (2017). Dynamics of Foreign
Direct Investment (FDI) Location in India: An Empirical Analysis.
2. SSRG international journal of Economics and Management studies, volume
4 issue 2.
3. RavanV.Sanket. (2014). Impact of LPG on Indian Economy. Prime
International Research journal, Vol. I issue 4,21-33.
4. Silberberger, M., & Königer, J. (2016). Regulation, trade and economic
growth. Economic Systems.
5. TuranKatircioglu, S.,Kahyalar, N., &Benar, H. (2007). Financial
development, trade and growth triangle: the case of India. International
Journal of Social Economics, 34(9), 586-598.

1. https://commerce.gov.in/trade-statistics/
2. https://www.statisticstimes.com
3. World Bank Open Data | Data
4. Data Tables: Planning Commission, Government of India (niti.gov.in)
5. LPG reforms in India - JournalsofIndia

145
 Sustainable Development through Education

Prof. Sunita Sirmoria Katoch

MARD, MA-Economics, M.Phil (Economics & Education)
Assistant Professor, Department of Economics
Government College-Nagrota Bagwan, District Kangra, HP (India)

Abstract
Sustainable Development recognizes that growth must be both
inclusive and environmentally sound to reduce poverty and build shared property
for today‘s population and to continue to meet the needs of future generations. It is
efficient with resources and carefully planned to deliver both immediate and long-
term benefits for people, planet, and prosperity. Over the past two decades,
economic growth has lifted more than 660 million people out of poverty and has
raised the income levels of millions more, but too often it has come at the expense
of the environment and poor communities. The three pillars of sustainable
development – economic growth, environmental stewardship, and social inclusion
– carry across all sectors of development, from cities facing rapid urbanization to
agriculture, infrastructure, energy development and use, water availability, and
transportation. Cities are embracing low-carbon growth and public transportation.
Farmers are picking up the practices of climate-smart agriculture. Countries are
recognizing the value of their natural resources, and industries are realizing how
much they can save through energy and supply chain efficiency. Sustainable
Development based research and education is the back bone of a nation. Moreover,
sustainable development policies highlight the role of education which has become
the need of the day to create the awareness among the students, researchers and
teachers as well as in local communities for environment protection. The present
paper gives an overview regarding the role of higher education in the development
of a country in sustainable manner.
Keywords: Sustainable Development, Education for sustainable development

146
Objectives of the study
The main objective of the research paper is to understand the
Sustainable Development and to encourage the role of Education for Sustainable
Development (ESD). We shall also study the History of ESD and Challenges
&barriers in its implementation.

Introduction
The term ‗Sustainable‘ stands for sustainability and it represents an
approach to development which is concerned with such fundamental human
concerns like poverty, environment, equality, democracy, development and peace.
The link between development and peace is now realized.

The term ‗Sustainable Development‘ was coined by Indian economist,

Nitin Desai, while he was a senior economic adviser to the World Commission on
Environment and Development (WCED) that was established by UNEP Governing
Council in 1983; this Commission later came to be known as the Brundtland
Commission.

Sustainable Development
The best definition so far coined for sustainable development is the
one given by World Commission on Environment and Development (Brundtland
Commission) which runs as the "development that meets the needs of the
present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their
own needs.”It contains within it two key concepts:-
• The concept of 'needs', in particular the essential needs of the world's poor, to
which overriding priority should be given; and
• The idea of limitations imposed by the state of technology and social organization
on the environment's ability to meet present and future needs

Education for Sustainable Development (ESD)

Education is held to be central to sustainability. Indeed, education and
sustainability are inextricably linked, but the distinction between education as we
know it and education for sustainability is enigmatic for many.

Education for Sustainability is a learning and change process which is

relevant to people, communities and organizations. Its ambition is to engage
learners in thinking critically and creatively about the future as well as in

147
considering the systemic changes that are needed to improve quality of life across
the globe. The terms Education for Sustainability and Education for Sustainable
Development are often used interchangeably. 'ESD' covers a range of international
initiatives across formal and informal learning contexts and at all educational
levels. The concept of sustainability focuses on achieving human wellbeing and
quality of life, pursued through the maintenance, care and equitable use of natural
and cultural resources. Terminology around sustainability is by necessity
extremely complex and highly contested, with definitions varying according to
context and perspective.

ESD carries with it the inherent idea of implementing programs that

are locally relevant and culturally appropriate. All sustainable development
programs including ESD must take into consideration the local environmental,
economic, and societal conditions. As a result, ESD will take many forms around
the world.

Why Education is important for Sustainable Development

When I started thinking about why education is so important, I
remembered my high school years when I used to spend almost six hours a day on
homework, wake up at 6:00 AM and get ready for other assignments before or
after school. I remembered my teachers, school subjects, the study and the fun! I
never really hated school. But I have seen many of my peers who hated going to
school. I have had some friends who did not like the idea of studying. Some
needed to go for tuition classes for recovery. I personally was always focused
because I wanted to become a teacher. I know it will be hard and very challenging.
However I believe I can handle the challenge.
The first thing that strikes me about education is knowledge gain. Education
gives us knowledge of the world around us and changes it into something better. It
develops in us a perspective of looking at life. It helps us build opinions and have
points of view on things in life. People debate over the subject of whether
education is the only thing that gives knowledge. Some say education is the
process of gaining information about the surrounding world while knowledge is
something very different. They are right. But then again, information cannot be
converted into knowledge without education. Education makes us capable of
interpreting things, among other things. It is not just about lessons in textbooks. It
is about the lessons of life. One thing I wish, I can do is, to provide education for
all, no child left behind and change the world for good.

148
History of Education for Sustainable Development
Sustainable development was first endorsed at the UN General
Assembly in 1987, the parallel concept of education to support sustainable
development has also been explored. From 1987 to 1992, the concept of
sustainable development matured as committees discussed, negotiated, and wrote
the 40 chapters of Agenda 21. Initial thoughts concerning ESD were captured in
Chapter 36 of Agenda 21, "Promoting Education, Public Awareness, and
Training."
Unlike most education movements, ESD was initiated by people
outside of the education community. In fact, one major push for ESD came from
international political and economic forums (e.g., United Nations, Organization for
Economic Co-operation and Development, Organization of American States). As
the concept of sustainable development was discussed and formulated, it became
apparent that education is key to sustainability. In many countries, ESD is still
being shaped by those outside the education community. The concepts and content
of ESD in these cases are developed by ministries, such as those of environment
and health, and then given to educators to deliver. Conceptual development
independent of educator input is a problem recognized by international bodies as
well as educators.

Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) in India

The Government of India (GOI) has integrated the principle of
‗sustainability‘ in its various policies and developmental programmes. India‘s
developmental strategic framework is based on a five year planning system. The
first five year plan was rolled out in 1951. Presently, the soon-to-be concluded
eleventh plan is underway which focuses in a big way on education.

In order to promote the value of sustainable development in education, the Indian

government directed its various education departments to actively work on an
Environment Education component as part of the curriculum. This strategy was
adopted post Stockholm conference in 1972 by setting up Centre(s) of Excellence
for Environment Education under Ministry of Environment and Forests (MOEF) in
the early 1980s. For a very long time, most of these activities were restricted to the
MOEF but gradually the government realized that the purview of education is very
broad in a developing country like India and cannot be limited to the workings of
one single ministry. As a result, the GOI recommended Ministry of Human
Resource Development (MHRD) to integrate environmental concerns into all
aspects and levels of education.

149
 India is the only country to have passed one of the landmark
judgments passed by the Supreme Court of the country directing all education
boards to include Environmental Education (EE) as part of the formal education
system at all levels.

Besides the different ministries of the GOI, a large number of

government and non-government organizations are diligently working to promote
ESD. Most notable amongst them are Centre for Environment Education (CEE)
which is the nodal agency for implementing UNDESD in India; The Energy and
Resources Institute (TERI); Bharati Vidya Peeth (BVP); Centre for Science and
Environment (CSE); World Wide fund (WWF); National Council for Science
Museums (NSCM) and National Council of Education, Research and Training
(NCERT). These organizations work with schools, colleges, youth groups on ESD
and conduct training programmes not just for students but teachers, principals,
school administrators and policy makers.

The areas in which Education directly affects sustainability plans:

 Implementation
An educated citizenry is vital to implementing informed and
sustainable development. In fact, a national sustainability plan can be enhanced or
limited by the level of education attained by the nation's citizens. Nations with high
illiteracy rates and unskilled workforces have fewer development options. For the
most part, these nations are forced to buy energy and manufactured goods on the
international market with hard currency. To acquire hard currency, these countries
need international trade; usually this leads to exploitation of natural resources or
conversion of lands from self-sufficient family-based farming to cash-crop
agriculture. An educated workforce is key to moving beyond an extractive and
agricultural economy.

 Decision making
Good community based decisions which will affect social, economic,
and environmental wellbeing also depend on educated citizens. Development
options, especially "greener" development options, expand as education increases.
For example, a community with an abundance of skilled labor and technically
trained people can persuade a corporation to locate a new information-technology
and software-development facility nearby. Citizens can also act to protect their
communities by analyzing reports and data that address community issues and
helping shape a community response. For example, citizens who were concerned

150
about water pollution reported in a nearby watershed started monitoring the water
quality of local streams. Based on their data and information found on the World
Wide Web, they fought against the development of a new golf-course, which
would have used large amounts of fertilizer and herbicide in maintenance of the
grounds.

 Quality of life
Education is also central to improving quality of life. Education raises
the economic status of families; it improves life conditions, lowers infant mortality,
and improves the educational attainment of the next generation, thereby raising the
next generation's chances for economic and social well-being. Improved education
holds both individual and national implications.

Principles of Education for Sustainability

The terms Education for Sustainability and Education for Sustainable
Development are often used interchangeably. ESDcovers a range of international
initiatives across formal and informal learning contexts and at all educational
levels. The concept of sustainability focuses on achieving human wellbeing and
quality of life. The main principals of Education for sustainable development are
enumerated below: -

1. Participation
Education for sustainability recognizes participation as critical for engaging groups
and individuals in sustainability.

2. Systems thinking
Education for sustainability aims to equip people to understand connections
between environmental, economic, social and political systems.

3. Envisioning a better future

Education for sustainability engages people in developing a shared vision for a
sustainable future.

4. Schools as Learning Communities

The EFS programme supports schools to become learning communities and
communities of practice for sustainability. In this way learning for sustainability
takes place at every level of the school system and the EFS principles become
embedded within the school system and culture.

151
5. Partnerships for change
Education for sustainability focuses on the use of genuine partnerships to build
networks and relationships, and improve communication between different sectors
of society.

6. All education is education for sustainability

The primary reason for education is to guide people to live sustainably on the
planet. Education for sustainability is based on the thinking that all education needs
to prepare people how to contribute to a flourishing, equitable and sustainable
society and future.

7. Experiential Learning in and from Nature

Nature provides the teachings of the eco-system principles that sustain all life on
our planet. Learning in and from Nature grounds these insights in direct personal
experience in a way that opens our minds and hearts to the wonders of Nature, and
respect for its intelligence and design.

8. Education for all and lifelong learning

Education for sustainability is driven by a broad understanding of education and
learning that includes people of all ages and backgrounds and at all stages of life
and takes place within all possible learning spaces, formal and informal, in schools,
workplaces, homes and communities.

9. Transformation and change

Education for sustainability is not simply about providing information but involves
equipping people with the skills, capacity and motivation to plan and manage
change towards sustainability within an organization, industry or community.

10. Critical thinking and reflection

Education for sustainability values the capacity of individuals and groups to reflect
on personal experiences and world views and to challenge accepted ways of
interpreting and engaging with the world.

11. Systems Thinking & Holistic Approach

Sustainability issues are complex and can only be understood and addressed by
using a systemic and holistic approach. Through Systems Thinking we learn to
recognize system behavior, hidden connections, interdependence, and networks of
relationships. Holistic education values the interconnectedness between academic,
physical, emotional, creative, and spiritual development.
152
12. Education in Dialogue with Place
By contextualizing learning in dialogue with a place, we learn to develop
relationships of care and stewardship for the places in which we live, learn and
work. Place-based education grounds us to get in touch with the reality of what is
happening around and between us. Through this we start to see and realize our role
and response to the sustainability issues that we are part of. This further promotes
development and employment of local ecological solutions to these issues (where
possible) and in a way that stimulates creative innovative thinking and
entrepreneurship.

Challenges and barriers to ESD

While many nations around the world have embraced the need for
education to achieve sustainability, only limited progress has been made on any
level. This lack of progress stems from many sources. In some cases, a lack of
vision or awareness has impeded progress. In others, it is a lack of policy or
funding. According to Charles Hopkins, the following major issues stymied the
advance of ESD in millennium:-

Increasing Awareness: ESD is Essential

The initial step in launching an ESD program is to develop awareness within the
educational community and the public that reorienting education to achieve
sustainability is essential. If government officials or school district administrators
are unaware of the critical linkages between education and sustainable
development, reorienting education to address sustainable development will not
occur. When people realize that education can improve the likelihood of
implementing national policies, regional land and resource management programs,
and local programs, then education is in a position to be reoriented to help achieve
sustainability. This awareness forms the essential first step in the reorienting
process.

Structuring and Placing ESD in the Curriculum

Each country faces a fundamental decision in addressing an ESD strategy. Each
country must decide on a method of implementation whether to create another "add
on" subject, (e.g., Sustainable Development, Environmental Education, or
Population Education) or to reorient entire education programs and practices to
address sustainable development. Nations also need to clarify whether their
educators are being asked to teach about sustainable development or to change the

153
goals and methods of education to achieve sustainable development. The answer to
this question will profoundly affect each nation's course of action.

Facing the Complexity of Sustainable Development Concept

Sustainable development is a complex and evolving concept. Many scholars and
practitioners have invested years in trying to define sustainable development and
envisioning how to achieve it on national and local levels. Because sustainable
development is hard to define and implement, it is also difficult to teach. Even
more challenging is the task of totally reorienting an entire education system to
achieve sustainability.

Developing an ESD Program with Community Participation

Education for sustainable development remains an enigma to many governments
and educational institutions. Governments, ministries of education, educational
institutions and educators have expressed a willingness to adopt ESD programs;
however, no successful working models currently exist. Without models to adapt
and adopt, governments and educational institutions must create a process to define
what education for sustainability is with respect to the local context. Such a
process is challenging. It calls for a public participation process in which all of the
stakeholders in a community carefully examine what they want their children to
know, do, and value when they leave the formal education system. This means that
the community must try to predict the environmental, economic, and social
conditions of the near and distant future.

Public participation processes whereby stakeholders examine the needs and desires
of a community and identify essential elements of basic and secondary education
can be adapted and implemented in many types of communities. Seeking the
opinions of parents and workers to shape the education of their children will be a
totally new idea in some cultures. Although community consultation and other
forms of public participation can be effective tools, they should be introduced
slowly and in accordance with local traditions and cultures where they have not
been used previously. However valuable, the community consultation process is
not without pit falls.
For example, an organized, educated, and articulate few might
dominate the process; people who have received little formal education may not
feel they have the expertise to take part in or contribute to the process; and the
worldviews and life experiences of some people might prevent them from
perceiving or accommodating the changes that will come to all regions of the
planet in the coming decades. In these cases, how the outcome of the process is

154
used becomes important. A continuum of implementation exists, ranging from
ruthlessly implementing the results of a skewed process to totally ignoring the
outcomes of the process. The interpretative, political, and interpersonal skills of the
implementation team are key in this effort.

Sharing the Responsibility

Popular thinking promotes the myth that an informed society is solely
the responsibility of the ministry of education. In reality, however, the ministries of
environment, commerce, state, and health also have a stake in ESD, just as they
have a stake in sustainable development. By combining expertise, resources, and
funding from many ministries, the possibility of building a high-quality, successful
education program increases.

Building Human Capacity

The successful implementation of a new educational trend will require
responsible, accountable leadership and expertise in both systemic educational
change and sustainable development. We must develop realistic strategies to
quickly create knowledgeable and capable leadership. It is unrealistic to expect
nations to retrain 59,000,000 teachers and thousands of administrators in either - or
both - ESD and educational change. We must find ways, such as employing the
strengths model, to use existing skills.

Developing Financial and Material Resources

Perhaps one of the greatest expenses of implementing ESD will come
with providing appropriate basic education. Basic goals, which were established at
Jontiem and reaffirmed at Dakar, include educating more children and increasing
the universal average minimum of schooling to six years. Meeting these goals will
require hiring many more teachers. These new teachers must be trained, and
current teachers must be retrained, to reorient their curriculums to address
sustainability.

Developing Policy
To succeed, ESD must have an authoritative impetus from national or
regional governments that will drive policy development. The omission of such an
impetus proved to be the downfall of the 1970s global effort to infuse
environmental education into the elementary and secondary curriculums. This
same fate could befall the ESD effort. The reality of any educational reform is that
success depends on both "top down" and "bottom up" efforts. Administrators at the

155
top echelons of ministries are in a position to create the policies that will make
reform occur. Together, administrators, teachers, and community leaders at the
local level must interpret what the policy should "look like" locally.

Developing a Creative, Innovative, and Risk-Taking Climate

In order to bring about the major changes required by ESD, we need to
nurture a climate of safety. Policymakers, administrators, and teachers will need to
make changes, experiment, and take risks to accomplish new educational and
sustainability goals. They need to have the authority and support of the educational
community to change the status quo. Teachers must feel that the administration
will support their efforts if parents or vested interest groups in the community
question or criticize their initiatives. We need to develop and implement policy to
ensure administrators and educators at all levels have the right to introduce new or
controversial topics and pedagogical methods. Of course, an over-zealous few
could abuse these rights; therefore, a system of checks and balances within
professional guidelines and cultural context should also be in place.

Promoting Sustainability in Popular Culture

Perhaps the most difficult obstacle to address in implementing ESD is
that of popularity. While many countries agreed that ESD is important, the themes
of sustainability are not prevalent in popular cultures or governmental policies. For
example, one principle of sustainable development is that the rates of use of
renewable resources should not exceed their rates of regeneration. Yet, many
societies have developed or are developing a "disposable culture." Disposable
beverage containers, food wrappers, plates, and eating utensils pass through our
lives daily. We use them once and then discard them to be buried, burned, or
dumped in the water. This disposable culture is using such resources as trees and
fossil fuels more rapidly than they can be replaced.
Because principles of sustainable development are not currently
woven into daily life and governmental policy, the emergence of ESD could
become an important "bottom-up" driver of community-based sustainable
development. ESD could shape and encourage behaviors and ethics that support an
informed, knowledgeable citizenry that has the political will to achieve a
sustainable future.
By addressing these critical impediments in the planning stage,
governments can prevent or reduce delays or derailment of ESD efforts and,
ultimately, the attainment of sustainability. In addition to these generic issues,
governments at all levels will need to address issues that are specific to local

156
conditions (e.g., the quality of the relationship between the school governors and
the teacher union).

Conclusion
In summary, I concluded that for the successful implement ESD,
governments must plan ahead and develop strategies. To ensure consistent
implementation of ESD across the country, day to day challenged should be
addressed at every level, especially at National level. Purposeful deliberation and
planning around thechallengesas well as issues particular to each region will
increase the likelihood of successfully implementing the ESD programs and
reorienting curriculum to achieve sustainability.
Almost, when I leave the class, I always ask myself, "What do I want
the students to remember at the end of today's class? a year from now? and 5 or 10
years from now?" I asked myself the same question about the Education for
Sustainability. The main themes that I would like to remember are:-

 ESD must be locally relevant and culturally appropriate, reflecting the

environmental, economic, and social conditions of the particular community.

 ESD should be created through a process of public participation in which

stakeholders from across the community can express their visions for a
sustainable community and what an education reoriented to address
sustainability should include.

 Each discipline, teacher, and administrator can contribute to ESD according

to the strengths model and present requirements.

 Communities and school systems should work together to achieve

community sustainability goals.

 Education is our great hope for a sustainable future. By contemplating and

taking on the important task of implementing ESD you are bringing the
possibility of a more sustainable future to your community and nation.

157
References
1. (Ryan, 2011: HE Academy UK).

2. Bernard, AK 2000. Education for All 2000 Assessment, Thematic Studies:

Education for All and Children who are Excluded. World Education Forum.
Dakar, Senegal. April 2000

3. Hopkins, Charles, and Rosalyn Mc. Keown. 2002. "Education for

Sustainable Development: An International Perspective" in Environmental
Education for Sustainability: Responding to the Global Challenge

4. Huckle, John. 1996. "Teacher Education." Education for Sustainability. John

Huckle and Stephen Sterling (eds.). London: Earthscan Publications Ltd.

5. International Literacy Institute. 2000. Education for All 2000 Assessment,

Thematic Studies: Literacy and Adult Education. World Education Forum.
Dakar, Senegal. April 2000

6. UNESCO. 1997. Educating for a Sustainable Future: A Tran disciplinary

Vision for Concerted Action. EPD-97/Conf.401/CLD.1

7. UNESCO. 2002 Education, Public Awareness and Training for

Sustainability: Input to the Report of the Secretary General to the Second
Preparatory Session for the World Summit on Sustainable Development.

Internet References
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Education_for_sustainable_development
https://www.developmenteducationreview.com/.../education-and-sustainable-
development
https://pub.iges.or.jp › Home › Publications
journals.sagepub.com/doi/full/10.1177/0973408216661442
www.ode.state.or.us/stateboard/meetings/mckeown-090318

Other links:

158
Report of the World Commission on Environment and Development: Our
Common Future; Education for Sustainability-From Rio to Johannesburg: Lessons
learnt from a decade of commitment;
http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0012/001271/127100e.pdf
Ministry of Human Resources Development; www.education.nic.in
Centre for Science and Environment; www.cseindia.org
Centre for Environment Education; www.ceeindia.org
Centre for Environmental Research and Education; www.cere-india.org

159
 Effect of COVID-19 on Economy of India

Dr. Shekhar Maidamwar

Assistant Professor (Economics)
Swargiya Nagulal Malviya,
Govt. College, Ghattiya, Ujjain(M.P.)

Abstract
The outbreak of COVID-19 has impacted nations in an enormous
way, especially the nationwide lockdowns which have brought social and
economic life to a standstill. A world which forever buzzed with activities has
fallen silent and all the resources have been diverted to meeting the never-
experienced-before crisis. There is a multi-sectoral impact of the virus as the
economic activities of nations have slowed down. What is astonishing and worth
noting is an alarm bell which was rung in 2019 by the World Health Organization
(WHO) about the world‘s inability to fight a global pandemic. A 2019 joint report
from the WHO and the World Bank estimated the impact of such a pandemic at 2.2
per cent to 4.8 per cent of global GDP. That prediction seems to have come true, as
we see the world getting engulfed by this crisis. This COVID-19 pandemic
affected the manufacturing and the services sector—hospitality, tours and travels,
healthcare, retail, banks, hotels, real estate, education, health, IT, recreation, media
and others. The economic stress has started and will grow rapidly. While lockdown
and social distancing result in productivity loss on the one hand, they cause a sharp
decline in demand for goods and services by the consumers in the market on the
other, thus leading to a collapse in economic activity. However, lockdown and
social distancing are the only cost-effective tools available to prevent the spread of
COVID-19. However, every crisis brings about a unique opportunity to rethink on
the path undertaken for the development of a human being, community and
society. The COVID-19 pandemic has a clear message for the Indian economy to
adopt sustainable developmental models, which are based on self-reliance,
inclusive frameworks and are environment friendly.

160
Keywords
COVID 19, economic impact, GDP growth rate, sectoral impact, COVID relief
measures

Effect of COVID-19 on Economy of India

Introduction:-
COVID-19 which is said to have emerged from Wuhan (China) has
caused a serious impact on almost every society of the earth. Due to the problems
caused by this particular health crisis all over the world, the World Health
Organisation (WHO) has declared it as a global pandemic. Not only that but
because of its rampant spread countries were forced to stop international travelling
as well as locked up themselves.
Because of Covid-19, the world came to stagnant position, so the
online platform which leads to the economic hardship of this section of the urban
economy.Moving from the economy, At this stage, we should ask a genuine
question: What kind of society we‘ll see post-Covid-19? Fragmented? Unequal?
We don‘t know but we‘ll have to stand up again support each other. We‘ll have to
adopt values enshrined in our Preamble of the Constitution i.e. ―Equality,
Fraternity, Integrity‖ as well as DPSP to make India a better place on earth for its
citizens and the world.

The government‘s approach in dealing with the two waves has been
different. The response to the second wave has been localised and driven by the
states while in the first wave we went for a national lockdown. I attribute this to the
economic compulsions of the hard-hit central government and progressive spread
of the virus. The second wave started in the west with Maharashtra, went up North
and peaking in the south of the country. This spread journey makes a national
lockdown economically suboptimal.
To understand the economic impact of the second wave, let‘s remind
ourselves of the first wave and its impact on the economy. In the first wave, we
went through a prolonged national lockdown and a significantly lower number of
peak cases. Manufacturing and the urban economy had come to a grinding halt
while the rural economy continued to move because of less strict lockdowns. As a
result, agriculture, which is the primary driver of our rural economy providing
employment to 58% of our population, continued to grow. Agriculture further
benefited from good monsoon and cheaper and higher availability of labor.
Reflecting on the GDP figures, our agricultural economy grew by 3.4% while the

161
overall economy contracted with 7.7% in FY21. The first wave was primarily
urban in its spread. Urban areas reported more cases than rural areas for the first
five months of the spread. In the second wave rural areas started reporting more
cases than urban ones from the second month itself. An analysis of more than 50
most severely hit districts, 26 were in rural areas. Rural areas in the state of
Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh and Kerala were the worst impacted. The situation
was further aggravated, due to the inadequacy of medical infrastructure in the rural
areas and the rush of patients from villages and smaller towns to urban centers.

Economic effects of epidemics are measured through economic costs

deriving from disease-associated medical costs or forgone incomes as a result of
the disease-related morbidity and mortality. In a global economy, the economic
consequences of an epidemic in one country are transferred to other countries
because of the integrated supply chains and capital markets. COVID-19 pandemic
is caused by novel corona virus infection, and scientific research is going on to
study the impact of this infection on the human body and to find a possible cure for
the infection. There are many variables in the epidemiological calculations done
for this disease which are based on assumptions such as the cause of infection, the
infection rate and the ratio of asymptomatic cases to symptomatic cases. In the
future, scientific research will unravel the mysteries of this disease and the disease
spread. Economic projections or simulations are closely linked to epidemiological
forecasting of the disease pattern. The focus is on assessing the damages caused by
COVID-19 in the affected sectors, such as aviation, tourism and the retail, the
overall productivity loss and the socio-economic impact of labour hours lost with
an analysis of developmental policy and programme implications.

Economic Impact
The Indian economy was, as it is, going through a sluggish phase
ever since demonetization and GST was implemented. GDP forecast for 2019-20
was revised downwards from an optimistic seven percent to 5.4 percent. However,
COVID-19 has put paid to all hopes of revival of the Economy in the near term.

 Amidst nationwide lockdown, the country‘s growth is estimated to have

dipped below 5 percent for FY 2019-20.
 Around 400 million workers employed in the informal economy are at risk
of falling deeper into poverty during this crisis, as per a report by
International Labor Organization. According to the estimates by Centre for

162
 Monitoring Indian Economy (CMIE), unemployment has risen from 8.4
percent to 23.4 percent.

Sector Wise Impact

Sectoral Implications of COVID-19 Pandemic in India were as follows:-

Agriculture – The nationwide lockdown has left farmers across the country
bereft of agricultural labor just before the crucial harvesting season. Farmers also
worry about government procurement and their ability to sell their crops, given that
many agricultural markets are still closed, despite orders from the home ministry to
exempt all farming activities from the shutdown. Unless the government acts soon,
farmers in India will face a bleak future leading to bankruptcies and farmer
suicides. This will severely dent India‘s ability to revive its economy.

Education - The impact of Covid-19 on education has been cruel and its
repercussions will be seen in the upcoming future. As per the report of World Bank
titled ―Beaten or broken: Informality and Covid‖, WB has warned that there will
be the lifelong impact of school closures on the productivity of this generation of
students. Be it online education or judiciary, Covid-19 (crisis) has allowed making
these major transformation in the education and judiciary. But, again the benefits
from these transformations will be limited because of the gap in the digital
connectivity of our country.
Textile – Production halts in China and lockdown in India have had an impact.
Mainly because of dependence on China for textile raw materials including
synthetic yarn, synthetic fabric, buttons, zippers, and hangers.
Automotive – The sector was already witnessing a sluggish demand for the last
one year. The present situation has further aggravated the problem and
compounded the situation with an acute liquidity crunch.
Hotels and restaurants – Demand has declined substantially with owners
struggling to recover the fixed costs. Pre-lockdown, hotel occupancy rates of 70
percent declined to 20 percent with restaurants losing 30 to 35 percent of their
business.
Chemicals – Dependence on China for active ingredients and shortage of
essential chemicals amidst the lockdown has resulted in a reduced production of
organic and inorganic chemicals across India.
Consumer durables – Electronic appliances are experiencing a slowdown due
to lack of demand, reduced economic activity, and supply chain dependencies with
163
 other impacted countries. India imports around 50 percent of its completely built
units of consumer durables from other countries.
Entertainment and sports – Places of gathering like cinema halls and malls
have been closed. Promotional and sport events are also being called off.
Pharmaceuticals – As per Trade Promotion Council of India, the country
imports around 85 percent of its total requirement of active pharmaceutical
ingredients (APIs) from other countries. Dependencies on them have impacted
manufacturing operations in India. However, demand for essential medicines and
safety equipment has gone up. Government has restricted the export of certain
medicines and pharma products and is monitoring the overall inventory on regular
basis.
E-commerce – Several e-commerce players are unable to service existing orders
and are not accepting new orders, even when there is a surge in demand for home
delivery. However, companies are trying to service essential items on priority
basis.
 IT and ITeS – Slowdown in markets have reduced the influx of IT projects from
international markets.

At that time, the government is faced these immediate challenges:

 Building up the medical care facilities, even in the remote areas in the country to
meet the rising number of COVID-19 cases in the event of an uncontrolled
outbreak;
 Ensuring that the lockdown is implemented successfully throughout the country;
Keeping the supply chains of essential commodities robust and to keep the 1.2
billion citizens fed.

The government has taken the following steps to prevent the spread
of COVID-19 across the country:
On March 25, the government invoked the Disaster Management
Act, 2005 and imposed a 21-day nationwide lockdown to prevent the spread of
COVID-19 until April 14. On April 14, Prime Minister Narendra Modi extended
the nationwide lockdown until May 3. All districts, localities, and states will be
closely monitored till April 20 to see how strictly lockdown guidelines have been
implemented. States who do not let hotspots increase could be allowed to let some
important activities resume and certain restrictions may be eased.

164
 All international flights are suspended, except for the ones that have been granted
permission to evacuate foreign nationals. All existing visas, barring a few
categories have been suspended till April 15.
 All domestic flights are suspended, except those carrying essential goods across
the country.
 All bus, train, and metro services are suspended.
 State borders are sealed, inter-state movement within the country stopped.
Camps have been set up at state borders to stop migrant workers walking back to
their villages. According to the government, these camps are also providing
workers with basic amenities such as shelter and food.
 Several states have identified COVID-19 hotspots, and have taken measures to seal
and sanitize such high-risk zones.
 Dedicated COVID-19 quarantine sites have been set-up including hotels and
railway wagons.
 586 hospitals and 100,000 isolation beds designated exclusively for treatment and
care of COVID-19 patients across the country. This number is continuously
increasing with the measures being taken by the state governments and the health
ministry.
 The finance ministry has extended several compliance deadlines under the various
corporate, mercantile and taxation laws, and allowed individuals to make partial
withdrawals from their provident fund accounts.
 PM-CARES fund launched to provide food and care to the poor. Donations being
sought to augment resources for this fund.
 The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has taken number of steps which includes ease in
interest rates, relaxation of cash reserve ratio, and other liquidity improvement
measures such as moratorium on repayment of loans by businesses and EMIs by
individual borrowers.
 Aarogya Setu App has been launched by the government to disseminate
information related to COVID-19 and to provide a platform for the population to
reach out to the government.

India‘s management of the COVID-19 outbreak has been closely

watched and appreciated by WHO, UN, IMF ADB and also the advanced
economies like the US, UK, Italy, Germany, Spain, Japan. The post-COVID-19
world is going to look quite different from what it has been so far. The ‗advanced
economies‘ will have to come to terms with their fragility and inability to cope and
manage the outbreak. Also, investors will look for viable, lucrative, and
dependable avenues of investment.

165
The Overall Impact on GDP
On May 31, the Indian government released the data for GDP that
during the financial year 2020-21, GDP contracted by 7.3 percent. It is the most
severe contraction from the time India got its independence. The reasons behind
this trajectory are obvious – lockdown leading to the closing of business units,
increasing unemployment rate and a significant decline in domestic consumption.
For the current financial year, the Reserve Bank of India has anticipated growth of
10.5 percent. But the rating agencies across the globe have downgraded it due to
the impact of the second wave of COVID-19. Moody‘s initially projected 13.7
percent of growth for FY 2021-22, but later lowered it to 9.3 percent. The same
goes with S&P Global Rating. They have lowered the 11 percent growth to 9.8
percent in case of moderate impact of the second wave, but for a worst-case
scenario, it would be 8.2 percent. The ideas around a third wave are not helping the
situation at all.

Conclusion
While the unprecedented situation has caused a great damage to the
economy, especially during periods of lockdown, the nation will have to work its
way through it, by introduction of fiscal measures. As the national government
envisions, protection of both lives and livelihood is required. The economic
activity must begin gradually after screening of the labour force. Strict preventive
measures should be implemented by the industry in order to safeguard the health of
the workers. While policy and reforms should be doled out by the government
adequately to salvage the economy, the industry, civil societies and communities
have an equal role in maintaining the equilibrium. The norms of social distancing,
avoiding or cancelling gatherings, and use of masks and sanitizers should be the
way of life till we are able to eradicate the virus. During this time, the economy is
juxtaposed with social behavior of humankind, so the responsibility of bringing
back economic action is not of government alone. The risk of a global recession
due to COVID-19 in 2020 and 2021 was also extremely high, as it has been
observed globally that the shutdown of all economic activities—production,
consumption and trade—to control the spread of COVID-19 is imminent. The
nature of shutdown is unique in case of COVID-19 due to a supply shock, a
demand shock and a market shock. The recovery in economy depends on the
timings and magnitude of government support as well as the level of corporate debt
and how the companies and markets cope with lower demand. Government
assistance to those most in need (largely constituted of unorganized sector,
migrants and marginalised communities) is a critical measure to save many lives.
166
References-
1. Lee, J.-W., McKibbin., J. W. (2004). Estimating the global economic
costs of SARS. In Knobler, S., Mahmoud, A., Lemon, S., Mack, A.,
Sivitz, L., Oberholtzer, K. (Eds.), Learning from SARS: Preparing for the
next disease outbreak. Institute of Medicine (US) Forum on Microbial
Threats. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK92473/Google Scholar
2. Martin Karlsson, T. N. (2014, July). The impact of the 1918 Spanish flu
epidemic on economic performance in Sweden: An investigation into the
consequences of an extraordinary mortality shock. Journal of Health
Economics. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S01676296
14000344Google Scholar
3. National Investment Promotion and Facilitation Agency. (2020). Invest
India. https://www.investindia.gov.in/sector/retail-e-commerceGoogle
Scholar
4. Oswal, M. (2020, March 26). With 75% economy under lockdown,
analysts see sharp fall in GDP. Business Standard. https://www.business-
standard.com/article/economy-policy/with-75-economy-under-lockdown-
analysts-see-sharp-fall-in-gdp-20032600231_1.html
Google Scholar

167
 Topic: Role of Media in Indian Politics

Prof Dinesh Kumar

B.SC, B. Ed, MJMC, MA (English), M Phil (Journalism and Mass
Communication)
Assistant Professor (Journalism and Mass Communication)
SCVB, Govt. College Palampur
Distt. KangraH.P (India)

Abstract:
Journalism is one of the oldest professions in the world. Even today,
it is a weapon of change in the society. India is one of those few countries in the
world, where the media has been present for thousands of years. India is the largest
media market in the world, today. Now, after the media, social media and OTT
platforms have come to inform and influence the people‘s opinion throughout the
world.
Since 17th century, press is being recognized as Fourth Estate of
democracy and a forum for public discussion and debate. Today, Media is
respected as watchdog, as a guardian of the public interest. In India however media
has developed and emerged as a very powerful and influential tool in all matters.
Importance and power of Media can never be denied in democracies; media
policies, media content etc. and media persons have a direct or indirect influence
on the audience. Mass Media and Democracy are always related to each other.

Media plays a very dominant role in politics with shaping the public
opinion towards the Nation as well parties. In the era of Information Technology it
is quite difficult and too impossible for respective government to keep centripetal
force over its citizen in the midst of Internet, Facebook, Twitter Satellite channels
and radio stations. Starting from Mirat-ul-Akhbar to till date there are many print
media tools has spread the policies of respective government for the betterment of
its people but with the passing of time and situation the demands for most modern
technology always rest on the top.

168
 Media has unique power in any political system and this power stems
both from their main source of information about its culture, people, and events on
a regular basis and their multiple functions in politics. Media is a most powerful
stem of politics in creating its audience attitude, opinion and too behavior for the
betterment and most prospective nation.Media is the most utilized and most useful
tool in the hands of any government as well citizen to run the country with most
effective and most updated way. The present chapter is the study of Indian politics
and role played by media in this democratic country.
Keywords: Journalism, democracy, politics, media, information, public opinion.

Role of Media in Indian Politics

Media has played a significant role in establishing
democracy throughout the world. Since the 18th century, the media has been
instrumental in reaching the masses and equipping them with knowledge,
especially during the American Independence movement and French Revolution.
Media is considered as ―Fourth Pillar‖ in democratic countries along with
Legislature, Executive, and Judiciary, as without a free media democratic system
cannot cease to exist.

Media became a source of information for the citizens of colonial

India, as they became aware of the arbitrariness of the British colonial rule. Thus,
gave a newfound force to India‘s Independence movement , as millions of Indians
joined the leaders in their fight against the British imperialism. The role of media
in Indian democracy has undergone massive changes, from the days of press
censorship during Emergency in 1975 to present scenario.

Indian media has traveled a long way, from the days of newspaper
and radio to present-day age of Television and Social Media. The liberalization of
Indian economy in the 1990s saw an influx of investment in the media houses, as
large corporate houses, business tycoons, political elites, and industrialists saw this
as an opportunity to improve their brand image. The role of media is to make the
society aware of their democratic rights. It acts as the voice of millions of citizens,
when government institutions become corrupt and authoritarian or when they turn
a blind-eye towards the issues concerning the society. In today‘s India, media has
become a mouthpiece for various political organizations and business groups, they
act as amanuensis for such influential figures, as their business relies on support
from such organizations.

169
 Media is the ―fourth estate‖ of democracy and it plays a pivotal role
in ensuring justice and benefits of the government policies reach the interior
sections of the society. They act as a chain between the government and the
citizens of the country, people have faith in media as it has an impact on the
audience. The changing dynamics of Indian politics has increased people‘s
expectation from media as in this phase of transition, it is pretty easy to believe in a
particular belief. The older generation of the country is still fixated on tradition and
culture, while the present-day youth is more interested in the fast-moving world of
technology and social media. Thus, it becomes important for media to ensure that
the information that they are broadcasting should not be a biased or tampered in a
way to boost the channels TRP.

Politics of India
Politics of India works within the framework of the country's
Constitution. India is a parliamentary democratic republic in which the president of
India is the head of state and the prime minister of India is the head of government.
India follows the dual polity system, i.e. federal in nature, which consists of the
central authority at the centre and states at the periphery. The Constitution defines
the organizational powers and limitations of both central and state governments; it
is well recognized, fluid (Preamble of the Constitution being rigid and to dictate
further amendments to the Constitution) and considered supreme, i.e. the laws of
the nation must conform to it.
There is a provision for a bicameral legislature consisting of an upper
house, the Rajya Sabha (Council of States), which represents the states of the
Indian federation, and a lower house, theLok Sabha (House of the People), which
represents the people of India as a whole. The Constitution provides for an
independent judiciary, which is headed by the Supreme Court. The court's mandate
is to protect the Constitution, to settle disputes between the central government and
the states, to settle inter-state disputes, to nullify any central or state laws that go
against the Constitution and to protect the fundamental rights of citizens,
issuing writs for their enforcement in cases of violation.
There are 543 members in the Lok Sabha, who are elected from 543
single member constituencies. There are 245 members in the Rajya Sabha, out of
which 233 are elected through indirect elections by single transferable vote by the
members of the state legislative assemblies; 12 other members are elected or
nominated by the President of India. Governments are formed through
elections held every five years , by parties that secure a majority of members in
their respective lower houses (Lok Sabha in the central government and Vidhan
Sabha in states). India had its first general election in 1951.

170
Political Parties and Alliances
When compared to other democracies, India has had a large number
of political parties during its history under democratic governance. It has been
estimated that over 200 parties were formed after India became independent in
1947. Leadership of political parties in India is commonly interwoven with well-
known families whose dynastic leaders actively play the dominant role in a party.
Further, party leadership roles are often transferred to subsequent generations in
the same families. The two main parties in India are the Bharatiya Janata Party,
commonly known as the BJP, and the Indian National Congress, commonly called
the INC or Congress. These two parties currently dominate national politics.
Every political party in India whether a national, regional or state
partymust have a symbol and must be registered with the Election Commission of
India. Symbols are used in the Indian political system to identify political parties in
part so that illiterate people can vote by recognizing the party symbols. India has a
history of party alliances and breakdown of alliances.
National Democratic Alliance (NDA)-Coalition led by BJP was formed in 1998
after the elections. NDA formed a government, although the government didn't last
long as AIADMK withdrew support from it resulting in 1999 general elections, in
which NDA won and resumed power. The coalition government went on to
complete the full five-year term, becoming the first non-Congress government to
do so. In the 2014 General Elections, NDA once again returned to powers for the
second time, with a historic mandate of 336 out of 543 Lok Sabha seats. BJP itself
won 282 seats, thereby electing Narendra Modi as the head of the government. In
a historic win, the NDA stormed to power for the third term in 2019 with a
combined strength of 353 seats, with the BJP itself winning an absolute majority
with 303 seats.
United Progressive Alliance (UPA) - Coalition led by Indian National
Congress; this alliance was created after the 2004 general elections, with the
alliance forming the Government. The alliance even after losing some of its
members, was re-elected in 2009 general elections with Manmohan Singh as head
of the government. The alliance has been in the opposition since the 2014
elections, with the INC being the principal opposition party, but without the
official status of the Leader of Opposition since they failed to win the minimum
required seats. Pre-election alliances are common in India with parties deciding to
share seats.

171
Local Governance
Panchayati Raj Institutions or Local self-government bodies play a
crucial role in Indian politics, as it focuses on grassroot-level administration in
India.On 24 April 1993, the Constitutional (73rd Amendment) Act, 1992 came into
force to provide constitutional status to the Panchayati Raj institutions. This Act
was extended to Panchayats in the tribal areas of eight States, namely Andhra
Pradesh, Bihar, Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh, Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh, Odisha
and Rajasthan from 24 December 1996.
The Act aims to provide a 3-tier system of Panchayati Raj for all
States having a population of over 2 million, to hold Panchayat elections regularly
every 5 years, to provide reservation of seats for Scheduled Castes, Scheduled
Tribes and Women, to appoint State Finance Commission to make
recommendations as regards the financial powers of the Panchayats and to
constitute District Planning Committee to prepare a draft development plan for the
district.
Role of Political Parties
As with any other democracy, political parties represent different
sections among the Indian society and regions, and their core values play a major
role in the politics of India. Both the executive branch and the legislative branch of
the government are run by the representatives of the political parties who have
been elected through the elections. Through the electoral process, the people of
India choose which representative and which political party should run the
government. Through elections, any party may gain simple majority in the lower
house. Coalitions are formed by the political parties in case no single party gains a
simple majority in the lower house. Unless a party or a coalition has a majority in
the lower house, a government cannot be formed by that party or the coalition.
India has a multi party system, where there are a number of national
as well as regional parties. A regional party may gain a majority and rule a
particular state. If a party is represented in more than 4 states, it would be labelled
a national party . Out of the 72 years of India's independence, India has been ruled
by the Congress party for 53 years as of January 2020.
The party enjoyed a parliamentary majority save for two brief
periods during the 1970s and late 1980s. This rule was interrupted between 1977
and 1980, when the Janata Party coalition won the election owing to public
discontent with the controversial state of emergency declared by the then Prime
Minister Indira Gandhi. The Janata Dal won elections in 1989, but its government
managed to hold on to power for only two years.

172
 Between 1996 and 1998, there was a period of political flux with the
government being formed first by the nationalist BJP followed by a left-leaning
United Front coalition. In 1998, the BJP formed the National Democratic Alliance
with smaller regional parties, and became the first non-INC and coalition
government to complete a full five-year term. The 2004 elections saw the INC
winning the largest number of seats to form a government leading the United
Progressive Alliance, and supported by left-parties and those opposed to the BJP.
On 22 May 2004, Manmohan Singh was appointed the prime minister of
India following the victory of the INC and the left front in the 2004 Lok Sabha
elections.
The UPA ruled India without the support of the left front. Previously,
Atal Bihari Vajpayee had taken office in October 1999 after a general election in
which a BJP-led coalition of 13 parties called the National Democratic Alliance
emerged with a majority. In May 2014, Narendra Modi of BJP was elected as the
prime minister.
Formation of coalition governments reflects the transition in Indian
politics away from the national parties toward smaller, more narrowly based
regional parties. Some regional parties, especially in South India, are deeply
aligned to the ideologies of the region unlike the national parties and thus the
relationship between the central government and the state government in various
states has not always been free of rancour. Disparity between the ideologies of the
political parties ruling the centre and the state leads to severely skewed allocation
of resources between the states.
President of India
The Constitution of India lays down that the Head of State and Union
Executive is the president of India. They are elected for a five-year term by an
electoral college consisting of members of both Houses of Parliament and
members of legislative assemblies of the states. The president is eligible for re-
elections; however, in India's independent history, only one president has been re-
elected –Rajendra Prasad.
The president appoints the prime minister of India from the party or
coalition which commands maximum support of the Lok Sabha, on whose
recommendation he or she nominates the other members of the Union Council of
Ministers. The president also appoints judges of the Supreme Court and High
Courts. It is on the president's recommendation that the Houses of Parliament meet,
and only the president has the power to dissolve the Lok Sabha. Furthermore, no
bill passed by Parliament can become law without the president's assent.

173
 All the powers of the president mentioned above are exercised on
recommendation of the Union Council of Ministers, and the president does not
have much discretion in any of these matters. The president also does not have
discretion in the exercise of his executive powers, as the real executive authority
lies in the Cabinet. The current president is Ram Nath Kovind.
Vice President of India
The office of the vice-president of India is constitutionally the second
most senior office in the country, after the president. The vice-president is also
elected by an electoral college, consisting of members of both houses of
Parliament.The vice-president fills in a vacancy in the office of president till the
election of a new president. The only regular function is that the vice-president
functions as the Chairman of theRajya Sabha. No other duties or powers are vested
in the office. The current vice-president is Venkaiah Naidu.
The Prime Minister and the Union Council of Ministers
The Union Council of Ministers, headed by the prime minister, is the
body with which the real executive power resides. The prime minister is the
recognized head of the government. The Union Council of Ministers is the body of
ministers with which the prime minister works with on a day-to-day basis. Work is
divided between various ministers into various departments and ministries. The
Union Cabinet is a smaller body of senior ministers which lies within the Union
Council of Ministers, and is the most powerful set of people in the
country, playing an instrumental role in legislation and execution alike.
All members of the Union Council of Ministers must be members of
either House of Parliament at the time of appointment or must get elected or
nominated to either House within six months of their appointment. It is the Union
Cabinet that co-ordinates all foreign and domestic policy of the Union. It exercises
immense control over administration, finance, legislation, military, etc. The Head
of the Union Cabinet is the prime minister. The current prime minister of India is
Narendra Modi.
State Governments
India has a federal form of government, and hence each state also has
its own government. The executive of each state is the governor (equivalent to the
president of India), whose role is ceremonial. The real power resides with the chief
minister (equivalent to the prime minister) and the State Council of Ministers.
States may either have a unicameral or bicameral legislature, varying from state to
state. The chief minister and other states ministers are also members of the
legislature.

174
Role of Media in Indian Politics and Democracy
Journalism is one of the oldest professions in the world. Even today, it
is a weapon of change in the society. India is one of those few countries in the
world, where the media has been present for thousands of years. India is the largest
media market in the world, today. Now, after the media, social media and OTT
platforms have come to inform and influence the people‘s opinion throughout the
world.
More than one lakh newspapers and magazines are currently published
in India. In India, more than seventeen thousand newspapers are published every
day in different languages. And ten crore copies of them are printed every day.
India is the largest newspaper market in the world. The number of channels
showing 24-hour News in India is more than four hundred. And these are also the
highest in the world. India with more than fifty crore social media users is the
second-largest market in the world, right behind China.
Since 17th century, press is being recognized as Fourth Estate of
democracy and a forum for public discussion and debate. Today, Media is
respected as watchdog, as a guardian of the public interest. Democracy is a system
of government in which all the people of a country choose and elect their
representatives. Media came into existence in 1780 with the introduction of ‗The
Bengal Gazette‘ and since then it has matured leaps and bounds. It has been
playing a very significant role in shaping human minds and opinion. Democracy is
a popular political notion in today‘s world, fair and free elections are the
prerequisite of democracy and rule of the law, protection and freedom of human
rights and supremacy of the constitution are important elements in true democratic
system. For a democratic country, access to information is essential, freedom to
read or write is an important element to expose and reveal the truth, to ensure self-
development and self-fulfillment of citizens and to help ensure participation of
citizens in a democracy.
In other words Democracy in general terms is understood to be a form
of government which is subject to popular sovereignty. It ensures that citizens
make responsible, informed, choices rather than acting out of ignorance or
misinformation. A democratic system can run to its paramount potential when
there is extensive participation on the part of mass which is not possible without
people getting informed about various issues. This is where media steps in. A list
of the core characteristics of democracy includes people‘s sovereignty, rule of law,
social and political equality, elected government by means of universal adult
franchise, free and open competition for political positions and institutions,

175
periodic elections for legitimizing government, fundamental rights and civil
liberties, multi-party system, independent judiciary and free media.
Media means communication - whether written, broadcast, or spoken.
Generally, the word ‗communication‘ is defined as an exchange of information and
message. However, Mass Media denote a section of the media especially designed
to reach a large audience. Liberated media is an essential part of a functioning
democracy. The media has an extraordinary ability to act as a catalyst in society
efforts to strengthen democratic polity. Mass media in its different forms have
influenced human life in many ways. Being the leader over a considerable period
of time Print media is still regarded as the authentic medium of mass
communication. Apart from providing news and views Radio and Television, has
also developed a flair for entertainment. And now the latest form of media named
the new media with internet has indeed made it possible to disseminate information
and ideas in real time across the globe. By airing divergent views and engaging in
cross-questioning on significant national and social issues the media reflects and
informs public opinion and practically shares the task of the parliament.
Today, the word media is used by the general public in all the
spectrums of life. It is not a surprise because no industry has grown, extended and
succeeded as media in the present times. Under the garb of speech and expression,
media is now omnipresent; it has invaded upon all the facets of life of an
individual. This fact is not only applicable to the Indian soils, but is global. Not
only this, the media has become so powerful that it can make or break the
government by influencing the people. The public also heavily depends on the
media to secure information. In this scenario the question of the accountability of
powerful media arises.
Here we need to understand that We ―Public‖ are the active participant,
we are require to shape the role of media because this commanding instrument can
use as a boon or as bane too. Media has a fundamental right of freedom of speech
and expression which can be used as per its whim or wish. The modern age is
generally considered to be the age of representative democracy, and the mass
media are an informal but an essential component of that representative democratic
polity. Equally important is the fact that a democratic polity is an institutional
guarantee of a free, fair and fearless media.
In India however media has developed and emerged as a very powerful
and influential tool in all matters. Importance and power of Media can never be
denied in democracies; media policies, media content etc. and media persons have

176
a direct or indirect influence on the audience. Mass Media and Democracy are
always related to each other.
Media is a mirror of the society and how democratic a society is, can
be represented through media. Opinion leaders influence the public opinion
regarding political leaders and political system of any country. Hence, media has
an influential role in strengthening democracy. Media and democracy have strong
association. Countries which are strong democracies always have resilient and free
media. In the role of ‗watchdog‘ the media can promote government transparency,
accountability, and public scrutiny of decision-makers in power, and by
highlighting policy failures, maladministration by public officials, corruption in the
judiciary, and scandals in the corporate sector, Media acts as a mirror.
The media acts as a strong agency to formulate and organized public
opinion. The relevance and importance has been adequately dealt in this research.
The role of the media as public forum is vital, media functions as an agenda-setter,
providing information about urgent social problems the free press can strengthen
the public sphere,by mediating between citizens and the state, facilitating debate
about the major issues of the day, and informing the public about their leaders. A
good democracy is thus first and foremost a broadly legitimated regime that
completely satisfies its citizens (quality in terms of result). Hence to strengthen
Democracy, India requires safeguarding its citizen first. Media is a tool for social
change also. Through promoting programs like the betibachao, betipadhao,
building and maintenance of clean toilets, swach Bharat, saving of water and
saving of fuel etc., that the media is quite successful in promoting the social values
and protecting the environment to some extent. The media is also responsible to
grant aid, assistance and help to the needy people in the situations like any other
catastrophe.

The media provides the help lines in the cases of adverse

contingency. If the channels of communication reflect the social and cultural
pluralism within each society, in a fair and impartial balance, then multiple
interests and voices are heard in public deliberation. This role is particularly
important during election campaigns, as fair access to the airwaves by opposition
parties, candidates and groups is critical for competitive, free and fair multiparty
elections.

177
 Media freedom shapes the social, legal, political, economic and the
cultural factor. People know very less about the political issues and activity in
countries where the government interfere with the media. Corruption has a very
adverse impact on the development of the country. Media extracts the fact and
information‘s from the institutes and makes it available to the people. And this role
off media makes the life of corrupt government officials tough. The media even at
times releases the secret files which may include the actual instance of corruption.
So in countries where the government does not interfere with media, people
participation in the functioning of the governance is more and the people can easily
punish the corrupt politicians. So free media repeatedly report the action of the
government to the people and it put everything in front of the people to decide
whether if it is right or not. When people are not conversant of the political
activity, they become ignorant of the political affairs of the country.So if the media
is not free, the information does not reach the people and the people lose interest
participating in the government functions. Also when the information about the
political leader and the political parties does not reach the people, they become
unaware about the detail the political party or candidate of the election. So either
they vote in darkness or they chose not to vote.
So, lack of information has a very adverse impact on the voter‘s
turnout. So, free media play a very significant role in enhancing the voter‘s
turnout. As voter‘s turnout is a very essential aspect of democracy it definitely
contributes to the strengthening of the democracy. As voter‘s turnout is a very
essential aspect of democracy it definitely contributes to the strengthening of the
democracy. So it‘s the media who help the people to collect information from these
institutes easier and cheaper. So, a medium play a vital role in digging out the facts
from these transparent institutes and makes these facts available to the
people.Therefore media contribute a lot to these three processes namely
transparency, publicity and accountability which strengthen the democracy.Media
structures the policy of a country by making public opinion. The policy output is
actually authoritative action i.e. the decisions of the government on various
problems of the people.
Media directly can‘t shape the policy but definitely it can criticize the
policy and force the government to change the policy in case if it is not in the
interest off the people.Media mediates between the state and the society and hence
criticize by the media has very adverse impact on the popularity of ruling party. In
a way media exercises the decisive influence over the public policy. Media is the
regulating flow of communication between the policymakers, policy and others in
any political system. This role of media influences the policy making and hence
makes a country and its political system more democratic.

178
 Earlier the Indian society presumed that women are weaker in terms of
earning capacity and physical stamina. The society was patriarchal and hence
women were given less importance. Also gender discrimination, lack of access to
healthcare and gender based violence are some reasons which was prevailing in the
Indian society. These are some of the main reasons of terrible crimes which used to
dominate our country. So the awareness about such problems was communicated
to the people by the media. Actually the information about this heinous crime was
provided to the people through television drama, animated news packages,
influential radio documentary and persuasive films. Now government started using
media as a platform for eliminating social evils and bringing positive change.
Finally the people reacted positively to it and now the cases of social
evils are decreasing. The media as an unbiased informer acts as an educator, as a
mentor, as the guardian with the free participation of the public. So unless in a
society everyone is equal that society can‘t be considered to be a democratic
society. It is because equality is one of the essential features of the democracy.
Promoting equality is actually making an attempt to strengthen democracy.
Therefore the media plays a very significant role in strengthening democracy in
India.
A democracy without media is like a vehicle without wheels. The
media has undoubtedly evolved and become more active over the years. It is the
media only who reminds politicians about their unfulfilled promises at the time of
elections. Through excessive coverage during elections helps people, especially
illiterates, in electing the right person to the power. This reminder compels
politicians to be up to their promises in order to remain in power. Media plays a
central role in shaping a healthy democracy. It is the backbone of a democracy.
Media makes us aware of several social, political and economic activities
happening around the world. It is like a glass, which reflects us or attempts to show
us the bare truth and harsh realities of life.
The impact of media is really remarkable. The media reveals the
drawbacks in the democratic system, which eventually helps government in
eliminating the loopholes and making a system more responsible, responsive and
receptive. In the age of digital media every day we are bombarded with
information. We get any information of the world with just a click. The flow of
information has increased manifolds. Thanks to technology that has brought a kind
of revolution in journalism.

179
 The importance and role of media in a democratic system is debatable.
India has the largest democracy in the world and it is widely accepted that media
has a powerful presence in the country. In the current scenario the Indian media
has been subject to a lot of criticism for disregarding its obligation to social
responsibility. Perilous commercial practices in media have affected the fabric of
Indian democracy. In the race of sustainability and commercial interest
transnational media organizations have spread their wings in the Indian market
with their own global interests at the cost of truth and accuracy which was initially
thought to be an agent of escorting in social change through developmental
programs aimed to uplift the weaker section of the society and showcase the truth
only. But Extreme coverage or propaganda of sensitive news has led to communal
riots at times. Though media has at times successfully played the role of a
watchdog of the government activities and has also aided in participatory
communication, a lot still needs to be done. Media should take utmost care in
airing or publishing such sensational news. It is a mirror of society and a powerful
tool in implementing laws. Although the Indian constitution does not have an
exclusive act defining the liberty of the press but it is evidently included in the
freedom of speech and expression under the Article 19 (1) (a).

Media organizations, whether in print, audio visual, radio or web have

to be more accountable to the general public. It should be monitored that
professional integrity and ethical standards are not sacrificed for sensational
practices.
The freedom of press in the country is a blessing for the people.
However, this blessing can go terribly wrong when manipulations set in. No one is
perfect in this world. Still there is a lot of scope for improvement by which media
can raise up to the expectations of the public for which it is meant. We cannot
think of a democracy without active and neutral media. Media employs the tools of
discussion, opinion polls, debates, and write ups to stimulate authorities for taking
appropriate action. Media offers an indicative and investigative platform for
discussing the different causes of and solutions to, to the problem of improper
implementation of law. The Indian democracy has survived and is functioning
relatively well, and the media no doubt have great contribution in it. However, the
Indian media have its own serious criticism, elitists; urban oriented; politically
biased; under the grip of big industrial and business houses; using hate politics and
sensationalizing the news for economic interest; using communal and caste politics
especially by the vernacular media.

180
 When there is information, there is enlightenment. When there is
debate, there are solutions. When there is no distribution of power, no rule of law,
no accountability, there will be exploitation, corruption, suppression and
annoyance. Media does more than mere reporting news. It also monitors
administration and keeps a check on corruption and bad administration.

In the eon of information Technology the main tools of Indian politics

is Media and it is too regarded as the torch bearer. Media and politics are the two
equal and opposite side of same coin and none can persist without others. With the
advent of most recent term ‗Globalization‘ the crown of Indian Politics has taken a
dramatic shift towards its most modern form. Along with maintaining the
responsibility of fourth pillar of the Nation, media is performing as the mover and
changer from stereotypical type to most modern and most updated form of politics.

Media plays a very dominant role in politics with shaping the public
opinion towards the Nation as well parties. In the era of Information Technology it
is quite difficult and too impossible for respective government to keep centripetal
force over its citizen in the midst of Internet, Facebook, Twitter Satellite channels
and radio stations. Starting from Mirat-ul-Akhbar to till date there are many print
media tools has spread the policies of respective government for the betterment of
its people but with the passing of time and situation the demands for most modern
technology always rest on the top.

Media has unique power in any political system and this power stems both from
their main source of information about its culture, people, and events on a regular
basis and their multiple functions in politics. Media is a most powerful stem of
politics in creating its audience attitude, opinion and too behavior for the
betterment and most prospective nation.

In a democratic Country like India there are thousands of complexities

starting from societies to Nation like of flood of new events with most modern
concept and with new and updated form of technologies, media have enormous
power to formulate the real understanding of world and too affects its behaviors‘ of
its citizen. Media helps to correlate the responses and to face the challenges and
opportunities in modern societies to reach consensus on action of the society to its
new members with keeping good relationship among its people and exponent
policymakers. The footprints of the modern media form are highly pervasive in
nature than early decades, and their roles in politics are becoming the major points
of discussion and controversy. The spread and restriction on media and its content
can define the concept and understanding of any government. With the

181
understanding and clearance of concept the respective government will work as the
pressure group or pro group to media. Many times it is seen the media- politics
relationship has affected the exact content in numerous scenario with derailing the
train to different juncture. So, Media is the most utilized and most useful tool in the
hands of any government as well citizen to run the country with most effective and
most updated way.

References
1. The Role and Importance of Media in Indian Politics.
http://dx.doi.org/10.24327/ijrsr.2018.0901.1472
2. Evolution of Indian media and what has changed for the press.
3. Reported & edited by: DNA Web Team/Updated: Nov 17, 2020
4. Role-of-media-in-strengthening-democracy-in-India. http://racolblegal.com/
5. Role-of-media-in-democracyhttp://swapsushias.blogspot.in/2009/08/
http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in
6. Politics of India. https://www.en.m.wikipedia.org

182
 About Authors

Manila Gupta
Manila Gupta is an Assistant Professor (Political Science) is working
for the last four years in different Colleges of the Himachal Pradesh. As far as
concern with her native place, she belongs to Mandi District of Himachal Pradesh.
She has completed her Graduation in Arts and after that she pursued her B.Ed. She
has done her Master Degree in Political Science from Vallabh Government College
Mandi, H.P. and got Gold Medal. Further, she has pursued her M.Phil (Political
Science) under the theme of “Gandhian Philosophy of Sarvodaya‖ from
Himachal Pradesh University, Shimla-5 and also got Gold Medal in M.Phil. It is
pertinent to mention here that she has been awarded two times Gold Medal in
Himachal Pradesh. She has also been qualified NET, SLET in Political Science.
She has represented Vallabh Government College Mandi many times, through her
participation in Youth Festivals in debate/declamation Competitions and got
commendable/highly commendable positions. She has also awarded HPU, JRF
Scholarship.

Anju Devi
Anju Devi is an Assistant Professor in History, working for the last
five years in different Colleges of the Himachal Pradesh. She has done M.Sc.
Geography from Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra. MA, M Phil, History from
the same University (Gold Medalistin M Phil),B.Ed.M.Ed., TET and SET
qualified. She has 5 years of teaching experience in S B D college of Education
Kurukshetra.

Nem Raj
Nem Raj is currently working as Assistant Professor in Geography at
Shahid Captain Vikram Batra College Palampur. He has completed M.Sc. in year
2016 and awarded with Gold Medal. He is awarded with Junior Research
Fellowship (JRF) by University Grants Commission (Ministry of Human Resource
Development), New Delhi. He has completed M. Phil Geography in 2017. He is
pursuing his Ph.D From Department of geography, Panjab University, Chandigarh.
Area of his research interest is Regional Disparities and Man-mature Interaction
and Resources. He published a Research Paper entitled ―Levels of Regional
Disparities in Socio-economic Development in Himachal Pradesh and Uttrakhand

183
States‖ in the Journal of ‗Punjab Geographer‘ (A Scopus Indexed and blind peer
review journal) in 15th volume on October 2019. His publication includes a
Research Paper entitled ―Spatial Inequalities in Social Development among
Northwest Indian states‖ in the Journal of ‗Journal of Human Ecology‘ (A Scopus
Indexed and peer reviewed international, interdisciplinary Journal of man-
Environment Relationship) in 72nd volume on August 2020. He also published a
Research Paper entitled ―Spatial Disparities in Socio-economic Development
among North-western Indian States‖ in the Journal of ‗Journal of Social Sciences‘
in 66th volume (Number 1-3) on March 2021. He has participated in several
national and international seminar and presented research papers there.

Uttam Kumar Sharma

Dr. Uttam Kumar Sharma is working as Assistant Professor in deptt. of
Political Science at Government Degree College Hamirpur, Himachal Pradesh,
India. He has joined his services as Assistant Professor in 2008 in college cadre
and before this he worked as a lecturer in Political Science, school cadre. He has
presented 36 papers in National level seminars. Dr Uttam has guided 22 students
for the M.Phil degree.

Harsha Rana
Author Harsha Rana is working as Associate Professor in Department
of English at Govt. College Dharamshala. She has 15 years teaching experience.
She has published 4 research papers in reputed journals. She presented 10 papers in
National level conferences. She acted as resource person also.

Raka Sharma
Author Raka Sharma is working as Associate Professor in department
of English at Government College Naura. She has presented 3 papers in National
level conferences and seminars. She also shared a one technical session in National
level conference. She has attended one orientation program, two refresher courses,
one teacher induction training programme and three faculty development
programs.

Pooja Vasudeva
Author Pooja Vasudeva is MA and M Phil in English. She qualified
UGC NET exam thrice. She is working as Assistant Professor in Department of
English at GGDSD College Rajpur, Tehsil Palampur, District Kangra, Himachal
Pradesh, India. She has teaching experience of almost 15 years. She attended

184
almost 40 National and international level workshops conferences symposiums and
seminar/Webinars. She presented a paper on international level virtual conference
on the topic ―National Policy On Women Empowerment‖. She attended 11
National and international Faculty Development Programs.

Pawan Kumar Sharma

The author belongs to rural background of Himachal Pradesh. Born in
1974 passed his Senior Secondary Education from Govt. Sr. Sec. School Bharari,
Distt. Bilaspur, H.P., did B.A. (Hon‘s) from Govt. Post Graduate College Bilaspur,
H.P., did LLB from MDSU Ajmer, did M.A. from HP University Shimla, did LLM
from Kurukshetra University Kurukshetra, did PGD in Legal and Forensic Science
from MGSU Bikaner. Enrolled in Bar Counsel of Himachal Pradesh in the year of
1999 and started legal practice in Sub Divisional Courts Ghumarwin and District
Courts at Bilaspur, H.P., dealing all type of cases in various Courts of Law.
Participated numerous times in competitive examination and appeared in personal
interviews in State of Himachal Pradesh, State of Haryana, New Delhi and State of
Manipur. Participated in various programs of District Legal Services Authority
Bilaspur, District Bilaspur, H.P. At present practicing in Sub Divisional Courts
Ghumarwin, Jhandutta and District Courts at Bilaspur H.P.

Pragati Sharma
Author Pragati Sharma belongs to town of Palampur of Himachal
Pradesh. She did her schooling from Kangra. She has completed her graduation
with honours in Political Science from University of Delhi. She is currently
pursuing M.A from University of Delhi as well. The lesson was written under the
guidance of Poonam Sharma, Assistant Professor in Government College Nagrota
Bagwan.

Poonam Sharma
The author is resident of small village in the Kangra Valley of
Himachal Pradesh. She has completed her schooling from Government School,
Nadaun. After completing her graduation from Hamirpur, she went to pursue post
graduation from Himachal Pradesh University, Shimla. She also has a degree in
M.phil. With more than twenty years of teaching experience, she has presented
several papers in national and international conferences. She has also taken part in
orientations, refresher and also published research papers in different books.
Currently she is working as Assistant Professor of History at Government College
Nagrota Bagwan, Himachal Pradesh.

185
Dr.K. Kottai Rajan
Dr. K. Kottai Rajan, aged 46, is an Associate Professor in the
Department of Political Science, periyar Government Arts College, cuddalore-
607001. He has 16 years of service to his credit and joined service at Annamalai
University in 2006 and deputed to the present position in 2016. He has guided one
Ph.D scholar from Rwanda and two others External Ph.D scholars are pursuing
research under his Guidance. He has guided 11 M.Phil Scholars and have 15
publications to his credit. He has presented papers in 110 seminars and chaired a
few sessions too. He has also authored 11th & 12th Standard Political science text
books prepared by SCERT, Government of Tamil Nadu.

Dr. Nancee
Dr. Nancee presently working at Cluster University Mandi(HP) in
Department of Management as an Assistant Professor. Serving as Member of
Indian Accounting Association, Shimla Chapter and Empanelled as an Academic
Counselor for B.com Program by IGNOU. She Published total ten research papers,
six in international journals and four in national journals. She Presented paper in
nine national seminars and Conferences and one in international conference. So far
completed one induction training program, one UGC sponsored orientation
program, one FDP and three refresher courses. She guided six MBA students in the
research project. Dr. Nancee Invited for guest talk in five different institutions.
Published two books for B.Com and one book for BBA and published paper in five
different books.

Dr. Shivappa Arivu

Dr. Shivappa Arivu is a writer in Kannada and also a social reformer.
He has written 20 books and more than 50 articles. His book Samagra Karnataka
(Comprehensive History of Karnataka) has won state award for best book in
history in 2017. He is leading a social reformation movement -‗Gruhapravesha‘ in
south India. It aims at eliminating untouchable practices in rural India. He has
conducted hundreds of meetings in rural areas to convince locals to end
untouchable practices. Temple entry, home entry, common water, Oath to youth
are some of the programmes in Gruhapravesha Movement. He was awarded ‗Man
of the year‘ in Karnataka by popular Kannada Daily Vijaya Karnataka in 2015.
Same News paper identified him as one among 15 New freedom fighters. Public
TV has telecasted a special episode ‗Public Hero‘ on his social reforms.

186
Bhanu Pratap Singh
Mr. Bhanu Pratap Singh received his undergraduate degree in BBA
from Himachal Pradesh University in the year 2009. He received his Postgraduate
degree in MBA from Arni University in the year 2011 with Specialization in
Human Resource Management. Presented research papers on ‗FDI in India' and
'Financial status and prospects of e-commerce in rural level‘.
He is having more than 9 years of teaching experience, working as an
Assistant Professor in the department of BBA since 2012 at Shaheed Captain
Vikram Batra Government College Palampur H.P.

Ms. Shivani Dutt

Shivani Dutt is an Assistant Professor at Shoolini Institute of life
Sciences and Business Management since 2007, M Phil (Management), MBA
(Finance), BBA, JRF and NET qualified. Presented paper on ―STEM leadership
and gender gap.‖ at international conference on Recent Trends in management,
accounting, Business, entrepreneurship, economics and tourism (MABET 2017) at
Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. 5th march 2017. Presented a paper at -
Yogananda International Conference on Contemporary Issues in Social sciences
held on 20 and 21 Feb 2021 organised by Faculty of Management Sciences and
Liberal Arts, Shoolini University, on the topic - A Probe into Selective Health
Indicators of India. Recipient of honorary‖ Quarterly Franklin Membership‖
(Membership ID#VI08942) by Editorial Board London Journals Press for research
paper titled, ―Stem Leadership and Gender Gap‖ on 13 March 2020.

Pooja Devi
Pooja Devi is currently working as Assistant Professor in Commerce at
Pandit Sant Ram Govt. College Baijnath. She has completed M. Com in year 2014.
She has qualified NET twice in year 2013 and 2014. She has selected as
Probationary office in UCO bank in year 2015 and have an experience of one year
and nine months of working in banking sector. She participated in and attended
one day State Seminar on History and Culture of Hamirpur organized by
Department of Language Art & Culture, Hamirpur jointly with Department of
History, Govt. College Hamirpur on 20th March 2021 and also presented research
paper titled ―Historical Development of Hamirpur through the Corridors of time‖.
Participated and attended one month Faculty induction Programme (Gurudakhsta-
05) from 12th July 2021 to 10th August 2021 and obtained ―A‖ grade organized by
Human Resource Development Centre, Himachal Pradesh University Shimla.

187
Sunita Sirmoria Katoch
Authors Sunita Sirmoria Katoch is working as Assistant Professor in
Department of Economics at Government College Nagrota Bagwan, Kangra,
Himachal Pradesh. She has presented five papers in National level seminars and
conferences. Her one paper published in Gyankosh journal of educational research.

Dr Shekhar Maidamwar
Dr. Shekhar Maidamwar working as Assistant Professor in Department
of Economics at Government College Ghattiya district Ujjain, Madhya Pradesh.
He has 17 years of teaching experience. He published his two books as author and
he also published his three edited books. Dr. Shekhar has published 32 research
articles in reputed journals. Dr. Shekhar has guided three candidates. He is member
of so many Academic bodies.

Dinesh Kumar
Author Dinesh Kumar working as Assistant Professor in Department
of Journalism and mass communication at Shaheed Captain Vikram Batra
Government Degree College Palampur, district Kangra, Himachal Pradesh. He has
attended 2 FDPs .He participated in seven National level conferences, seminars,
webinars and workshops. He has presented papers in 5 International land National
level conferences. Dr. Dinesh has published one chapter in a book.

188
View publication stats